User Guide Tinn R Team

User_guide

User Manual:

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 311

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

TINN-R
EDITOR - GUI FOR R L ANGUAGE AND
ENVIRONMENT

FARIA, JOSÉ CLÁUDIO
GROSJEAN, PHILIPPE
JELIHOVSCHI, ENIO GALINKIN
PIETROBON, RICARDO
FARIAS, PHILIPE SILVA
KRAMER, PHILIPHE ALEXANDRE RIBEIRO
LIMA, SWAMI DE PAULA

TINN-R TEAM

DEDICATION
This user guide is dedicated to all those who
have assisted us with the Tinn-R project,
either by sending suggestions or
by contributing to its development.

CONTENTS

DEDICATION

III

CONTENTS

LIST OF FIGURES

LIST OF TABLES

OVERVIEW
1.1 Quick start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 What is Tinn-R? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Why Tinn-R? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 What do you get by using Tinn-R? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Do I have to pay for Tinn-R? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 What was the motivation to start and maintain the Tinn-R
project? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7 What is the sentence that we, from the development team,
most like to hear? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.8 Acknowledgment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.9 Feedback, suggestions and bug reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.10 What tools were used to make this guide? . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASICS
2.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uninstall Tinn-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Install and configure Tinn-R and R .
Rgui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rterm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rterm interface and debug package
Speller installation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inverse DVI search . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ruby and Deplate . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pandoc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

1
2
2
3
4
6
6
6
6
6
7

9
. 10
. 10
. 10
. . 14
. . 14
. 15
. 15
. 15
. . 17
. 18

CONTENTS

2.2

2.3

Python and Txt2tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard shortcuts (default) . . . . . . . . .
Main menu (systematically) . . . . . . . . .
Call Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code (or data) Completion . . . . . . . . . .
R Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alphabetical List of Keyboard Shortcuts
FAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is Tinn-R? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feedback, suggestions and bug report . .
Tinn-R installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hotkeys (operational system) . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

WORKING WITH
3.1 Application options . . . . . . .
Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R.....................
Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Selection mode . . . . . . . . . . .
Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Highlighters (settings) . . . . . .
3.4 Shortcuts customization . . . .
3.5 Hotkeys (operational system) .
3.6 Rterm interface . . . . . . . . . .
IO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 Tools interface . . . . . . . . . . .
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Markup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R.....................
3.8 File tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9 Tools bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show/Hide . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10 Find and replace . . . . . . . . .
Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace (Replace dialog only)

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. 19
. . 21
. 25
. 28
. 28
. 28
. 28
. 33
. 33
. 33
. 33
. 40
. . 41

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

47
48
48
49
53
53
56
56
57
57
59
61
62
64
65
67
68
68
70
71
72
73
77
81
82
82
82
84
84
84

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.

.
.
.

CONTENTS

3.11 Search in files . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Where . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directory options . . . . . . . . . .
Results interface . . . . . . . . . .
3.12 Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Card (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirrors (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13 Regular expressions . . . . . . . .
What are regular expressions? .
Simple Matches . . . . . . . . . . .
Escape Sequences . . . . . . . . .
Character Classes . . . . . . . . . .
Metacharacters . . . . . . . . . . .
Regular Expression Tutorials . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

. 86
. 86
. 86
. 86
. . 87
. 88
. 88
. 88
. 89
. 90
. . 91
. 93
. 93
. 93
. 93
. . 94
. 95
. 99

MENU DESCRIPTION
4.1 File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Template . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy full path to clipboard
4.2 Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy formatted (to export)
4.4 Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EOL (line ending) . . . . . . .
UTF-8 (special case) . . . . .
4.5 Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (assignment) . . . . . . . . .
Latex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Syntax (highlighter) . . . . .
Selection mode . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

101
102
102
103
. 104
. 104
105
105
106
106
. 107
. 107
. 107
108
108
109
110
110
. 111
. 111
. 111
115
116
116
118

CONTENTS
4.9

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

119
119
. 124
. 124
. 124
. 124
125
126
126
. 127
. 131
132
. 134
. 134
. 137
139
139
140
. 141
. 141
142
143
143
. 144
. 144
145
145
146
. 147
. 147

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 After installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3 Shortcuts that can make you lose the visibility of a resource
5.4 I’m panicking: what do I do? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5 Application options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editor options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R..........................................
Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6 Highlighters (settings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

149
150
. 151
. 154
155
156
156
156
. 157
158
159
160
162

4.10

4.11

4.12
4.13

4.14

Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R............................
Start/close and connections . . . . . . . .
Rterm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R............................
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toolbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Font of active control (not permanent)
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (search) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (Editors, Gui’s and IDEs) . . . . . . . . .
Tinn-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File conversion (introduction) . . . . . .

VII

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

CONTENTS

VIII

Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R...................................
5.8 Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.9 Spell checker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.10 Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.11 Editor: how to? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Macros: how to use? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marks: how to use? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editor, Tools and Rterm: how to arrange? . . . . . .
Active page using the keyboard: how to change?
Tab order: how to change? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto completion: how to use? . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7

A WHAT IS NEW?
A.1 Versions released in 2019 (03)
A.2 Versions released in 2018 (06)
A.3 Versions released in 2016 (01)
A.4 Versions released in 2015 (05)
A.5 Versions released in 2014 (08)
A.6 Versions released in 2013 (10)
A.7 Versions released in 2012 (03)
A.8 Versions released in 2010 (10)
A.9 Versions released in 2009 (16)
A.10 Versions released in 2008 (14)
A.11 Versions released in 2007 (26)
A.12 Versions released in 2006 (64)
A.13 Versions released in 2005 (25)
A.14 Versions released in 2004 (16)

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

163
163
. 164
166
170
. 171
172
173
173
173
. 174
. 174
. 174
. 174

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

177
178
180
182
186
189
192
. 197
200
203
210
219
. 227
249
265

B R MANUALS ON CRAN

273

C GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

275

INDEX

291

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

297

LIST OF FIGURES

1.1

Tinn-R screenshot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30

Tinn-R: Main resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main (Options/Application). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editor options: Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editor options: Advanced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editor options: encoding/EOL. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Editor options: keystrokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (Options/Application). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (Options/Application). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (Options/Application). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (Options/Application). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion (Options/Application/Processing). .
Latex (Options/Application/Processing). . . . . .
Normal (selection mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line (selection mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Column (selection mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highlighter preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shortcuts customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hotkeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rterm interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IO (Rterm interface). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOG (Rterm interface). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Markups (Tools). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inilog (Tools/Results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search (Tools/Results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hex (Tools/Hex viewer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spelling (Tools). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database (Tools). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R (Tools). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R card (Database). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ix

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

48
49
50
52
52
53
54
55
55
56
57
58
58
58
59
59
61
62
64
66
67
68
70
71
72
73
73
74
77
78

LIST OF FIGURES

3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
3.40
3.41
3.42

R mirrors (Database). . .
File tabs. . . . . . . . . . . . .
File tabs menu. . . . . . . .
Tools bar. . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools bar menu. . . . . . .
Find and replace dialog.
Search in files. . . . . . . . .
Shortcuts (Databases). . .
Completion (Databases).
Comments (Databases).
R card (Databases). . . . .
R mirrors (Databases). . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

79
. 81
. 81
82
83
. 84
86
88
89
89
90
. 91

LIST OF TABLES
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.20
2.21
2.22
2.23
2.24
2.25
2.26
2.27
2.28
2.29
2.30
2.31
2.32
2.33

R interface keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visualization keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search/Replace and go keyboard shortcuts . . . . .
Function keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edition keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marks and go to marks keyboard shortcuts . . . . .
Project keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R script edition keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . .
Selection keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compilation keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion and visualization keyboard shortcuts .
Main menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Format menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marks menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insert menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
View menu keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Call tip keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code completion keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . .
R explorer keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALT keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CTRL keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEL keyboard shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
END keyboard shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function + keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOME keyboard shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xi

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
30
31
31
31
31

LIST OF TABLES

XII

2.34 SHIFT + keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 1

OVERVIEW
This chapter provides a brief overview of the Tinn-R project.

2
1.1

OVERVIEW
QUICK START

Let’s say you don’t have time to read the full user guide just yet. That’s OK,
we know it is huge, so let’s just give you a few tips on how to get started:
• If your version is the same or above 3.0.1.0, Tinn-R does not require
any special configuration. That is, the program is ready to be used.
One important thing to be done before using it: set a R mirror as
close as possible to where you work. For that, first click on CTRL +
F8. This opens the Tools window, then click on R/Mirrors. Select
the R mirror and push the button that shows an hourglass in the
taskbar. The chosen repository will be the new default for all actions
dependent repository (install packages, upgrade packages, etc);
• If your version is the below the 3.0.1.0, read the basic instructions
to install and configure R and Tinn-R: it’s a small and easy to
follow document;
• Choose either Rgui or Rterm: it takes one mouse click;
• Open Help/Example of script.R: another mouse click;
• Use the R toolbar to control R: it only takes one mouse click
for each action;
• Have fun!
If you have any questions we suggest you consult this user guide.

1.2

WHAT IS TINN-R?

Tinn is a small ASCII file editor primarily intended as a better replacement
for the default Notepad running under the Windows OS. The name is the
recursive acronym: Tinn is not Notepad.
Tinn-R (Figure 1.1) is an extension of the original Tinn editor (ASCII and
UNICODE), providing additional functionality to control R running as
Rgui (in SDI mode), Rterm and JGR and a whole lot of additional resources.
Tinn-R can also be thought of as feature-rich replacement of the basic
script editor provided with Rgui. It provides syntax-highlighting, code
submission as a whole or line-by-line, in addition to many other useful
tools to ease the writing and debugging of R code.
Both Tinn and Tinn-R are distributed under the GPL 2 license or above.

1.3. WHY TINN-R?

FIGURE 1.1: Tinn-R screenshot.

1.3

WHY TINN-R?

Do you:
• like the open source initiative?
• need a simple but powerful GUI/Editor for the R environment?
• enjoy the ability to have syntax highlighting in your source code?
• need a tool that is simple to use but with the capabilities of a mighty
editor?
• need a tool to work with plain text files?
• need a tool with simple commands for working with LaTeX, Sweave
and Txt2tags?
• want to have access to the functionality of commercial and professional products?

OVERVIEW

If you have answered YES to any of the questions above, then Tinn-R is
a good option for you!
1.4

WHAT DO YOU GET BY USING TINN-R?
• The ability to communicate with the R environment by sending
instructions, controling its processing, and receiving results:
– Rterm.exe
– Rgui.exe
– JGR
• Projects:
– Create project files to organize your work including one level
of sub-folders and automatic file name sorting
– Easy project management in graphical and text modes
• Work with unlimited length files
• Work on multiple documents at the same time, choosing between
multiple-document interface (MDI) and tabbed document interface
(TDI)
• Single-document window splitting
• Support to macros (volatile):
– Record
– Playback commonly used sequences
• Search and replace not restricted to your active file, but also extendable to all open files, all project files, or any folder
• View file differences with color highlighting
• Syntax highlighting, which can be set by file type
• Spell checking
• Multiple undo/redo
• Highlighted color syntax with print preview
• Ability to select:
– Normal
– Column

1.4. WHAT DO YOU GET BY USING TINN-R?
– Lines
• Ability to bookmark:
– Line
– Block
• Line numbers
• Special characters
• Sort multiple variable types:
– String
– Data
– Number
• Count:
– Character
– Words
– Spaces
• ASCII chart
• Export with highlight to clipboard:
– RTF
– HTML
– TeX
• Matching bracket highlighting
• Conversion tools:
– Pandoc
– Deplate
– Txt2tags
• LaTeX support:
– Edition
– Compilation
– Inverse DVI search.
We are constantly on the move!

6
1.5

OVERVIEW
DO I HAVE TO PAY FOR TINN-R?

The Tinn-R Team have been developing Tinn-R project under the GPL
since june of 2003 (almost 15 years). All this time it was distributed as
free software. Currently, there are corporative alternatives (paid or free as
RStudio and RTVS) to lead with R environment. So, to cover the costs, we
are evaluating the possibility that it will be distributed as sharewere in the
near future.
1.6

WHAT WAS THE MOTIVATION TO START AND MAINTAIN THE TINN-R
PROJECT ?

Motivation to start Tinn-R: We could not find a GUI/Editor for R running
in the Windows OS that would give us all the ease of use and flexibility we wanted. So, we started this project using an open source
editor called Tinn as our initial platform.
Motivation to maintain Tinn-R: The most difficult phase of the project
was getting started: choosing the editor; all the preliminary performance and stability tests; understanding source structure; among
many other struggles. Making it to run more and more smoothly
and according to our daily needs was then a natural consequence.
This is all to say that the open source movement has substantially
changed our lives for better. We strongly believe in making software
more widely available so that more people can benefit from it. We
consider Tinn-R to be our small contribution to this fantastic open
source initiative.
1.7

WHAT IS THE SENTENCE THAT WE, FROM THE DEVELOPMENT TEAM,
MOST LIKE TO HEAR ?

Tinn-R made my life easier ... thanks for creating it.
1.8

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

We would like to thank those who have assisted us with the Tinn-R project,
either by sending suggestions or by contributing to its development.
1.9

FEEDBACK, SUGGESTIONS AND BUG REPORTS

Please submit feedback to José Cláudio Faria. If you submit a bug report,
please provide as much detail as possible. This includes indicating the
Tinn-R version, your operating system (Windows XP, Windows 7, etc) and
language (English, French, Portuguese). If the bug is related to an interface

1.10. WHAT TOOLS WERE USED TO MAKE THIS GUIDE?
with R, please also indicate which version of R you are using, as well as
whether you are running Rterm or Rgui. Ideally, please also add the content
of the Tools/Results/Ini log interface since this will help us address the
issue more promptly.
1.10

WHAT TOOLS WERE USED TO MAKE THIS GUIDE?

It were used mainly:
1. Tinn-R to edit and manager (as project) the LATEX source files;
2. TEXstudio was also used in some parts where, to improve the productivity, it was necessary a more specialized LATEX editor;
3. Vim and LATEXBox plugin when working under Linux/Debian (the
actual preferred OS of the Tinn-R project coordinator);
4. WinSnap to get all images from the application;
5. FastStone Image Viewer to browser and manager images;
6. R as interpreter;
7. MikTEX to compile the LATEX source files to final PDF format;
8. SumatraPDF and Foxit Reader as PDF viewers.

CHAPTER 2

BASICS
This chapter provides the basics about the Tinn-R project.

10
2.1

BASICS
CONFIGURATION

This section provides information on Tinn-R configuration and associated
applications.
Uninstall Tinn-R
• ALWAYS UNISTALL ANY PRIOR VERSION OF Tinn-R BEFORE INSTALLING A NEW ONE! Tinn-R has its own uninstall option.
• The folder where Tinn-R project stores the ini files will not be removed when unistalling it. Why? Because whenever you install a
different version all your preferences will be preserved.
• You can check where these files are located by checking Help/Ini
files (path information). If you prefer, you may delete these settings
by removing the entire folder manually. All your preferences will
be lost forever if you don’t have a backup file.
Install and configure Tinn-R and R
R basic configuration:
• Starting from version 1.18.X.X, Tinn-R requires R to run in SDI
mode. So, Tinn-R is not compatible neither with Rgui in MDI mode
(only SDI) nor with S-PLUS. The latest compatible version was the
historic 1.17.2.4.
• Starting from version 2.0.0.0, Tinn-R requires R to run either
Rterm or Rgui in SDI mode. There are four alternatives you can
choose from: Rterm, Rgui in SDI mode or JGR.
• You have three basic options in order to switch Rgui from MDI to
SDI:
1. In Rgui, select Edit/GUI preferences..., set SDI and click on
Save, then OK without changing the name of the proposed file.
Then, click OK or Cancel in the Rgui Configuration Editor
(ignore any eventual messages), and restart Rgui (changes will
not be taken into account in the current session).
2. Manually edit the file Rconsole:
## Style
# This can be yes (for MDI) or no (for SDI).
MDI = no

2.1. CONFIGURATION
3. Create a shortcut to R on your desktop (or anywhere that is convenient), and type in the switch -sdi after the ...\Rgui.exe in
the Target box. To do this, right click on your shortcut, select
Properties and navigate to the Shortcut tab.

If you have any version of Tinn-R (>= 3.0.1.0) installed:
If your version is the same or above 3.0.1.0, Tinn-R does not require any
special configuration. That is, the program is ready to be used. One important thing to be done before using it: set a R mirror as close as possible to
where you work. For that, first click on CTRL + F8. This opens the Tools
window, then click on R/Mirrors. Select the R mirror and push the button that shows an hourglass in the taskbar. The chosen repository will
be the new default for all actions dependent repository (install packages,
upgrade packages, etc).
If you have any version of Tinn-R (<= 2.2.0.2) installed:
1. Uninstall previous versions of Tinn-R
2. Edit the file Rprofile.site (folder etc where R is installed) and comment (or remove) all prior configuration scripts RELATED TO TINNR
3. Start R
4. Install the following packages:
a) TinnR
b) svSocket
c) formatR
5. Close R
6. Install the new version of Tinn-R
7. Start Tinn-R
8. From the Tinn-R main menu, choose the option R/Configure/Permanent (Rprofile.site). It will write the following text to the file
Rprofile.site:
##===============================================================
## Tinn-R: necessary packages and functions
## Tinn-R: >= 2.4.1.1 with TinnR package >= 1.0.3
##===============================================================
## Set the URL of the preferred repository, below some examples:
options(repos='http://cran.at.r-project.org/')
# Austria/Wien
#options(repos='http://cran-r.c3sl.ufpr.br/')
# Brazil/PR

BASICS

#options(repos='http://cran.fiocruz.br/')
# Brazil/RJ
#options(repos='http://www.vps.fmvz.usp.br/CRAN/') # Brazil/SP
#options(repos='http://brieger.esalq.usp.br/CRAN/') # Brazil/SP
library(utils)
## Check necessary packages
necessary <- c('TinnR',
'svSocket',
'formatR')
installed <- necessary %in% installed.packages()[, 'Package']
if (length(necessary[!installed]) >=1)
install.packages(necessary[!installed])
## Load packages
library(TinnR)
library(svSocket)
## Uncomment the two lines below if you want Tinn-R to always start R at start-up
## (Observation: check the path of Tinn-R.exe)
#options(IDE='C:/Tinn-R/bin/Tinn-R.exe')
#trStartIDE()
## Option
options(use.DDE=T)
## Start DDE
trDDEInstall()
## Short paths
.trPaths <- paste(paste(Sys.getenv('APPDATA'),
'\\Tinn-R\\tmp\\',
sep=''),
c('',
'search.txt',
'objects.txt',
'file.r',
'selection.r',
'block.r',
'lines.r',
'reformat-input.r',
'reformat-output.r'),
sep='')

9. Start Rgui or Rterm from within Tinn-R
10. Read the content from the links below:
• Card: to know the shortcuts related with Rterm and all others
• What is new: to know the news.

2.1. CONFIGURATION
Information about how to customize the Rprofile.site file can be obtained from Initialization at Start of an R Session and an example of this
file from SourceForge.
If you have any version of Tinn-R (>= 2.2.0.2) installed and configured:
1. Uninstall the prior version of Tinn-R 2.X.X.X
2. Install the new version of Tinn-R
3. Run it.

If you want to install any old version of Tinn-R (<= 2.0.0.0"):
• Downgrading: rename (or delete) the folder where Tinn-R stores
the ini files. The uninstall is necessary since Tinn-R does not
downgrade automatically. If you encounter any problems while
downgrading, check the ini folder and respective files.
• Download and install Tinn-R.
• Install the SciViews bundle, then type guiDDEInstall() in R and
that’s all!
> install.packages('SciViews', dep=T)
> guiDDEInstall()

• Perhaps the best way to get R to communicate with Tinn-R from the
time it is started is to add the following commands to ../etc/Rprofile.site in the R install directory:
#===============================================================
# Tinn-R: necessary packages and functions
#===============================================================
library(utils)
necessary = c('svIDE', 'svIO', 'svSocket', 'R2HTML')
installed = necessary %in% installed.packages()[, 'Package']
if (length(necessary[!installed]) >=1)
install.packages(necessary[!installed], dep = T)
library(svIDE)
library(svIO)
library(svSocket)
library(R2HTML)
guiDDEInstall()

BASICS
• If you chose the latter option .../etc/Rprofile.site, a nice additional functionality is provided by adding the two lines below
BEFORE the library(svIDE) command:
options(IDE = 'C:/Tinn-R/bin/Tinn-R.exe')
options(use.DDE = T)

The first line tells R that you want to use Tinn-R as your IDE (Integrated Development Environment). To make this happen, you
should change the path that leads to where Tinn-R.exe is installed
if it happens to be different from the default configuration. The
second line indicates that you want to start the DDE server automatically.
By doing this, Tinn-R will start automatically once you invoke R.
Rgui

• Tinn-R has an icon within the Options toolbar containing the hint
Options: return focus to editor after send/control Rgui which
enables the user to configure the focus control. When checked:

– If the editor has the focus: it will go back to the editor after
any send to or R control action;
– Otherwise, the focus will be set to the Rgui interface.
Rterm
• The above-mentioned icon will be disabled with Rterm interface.
The following will then happen:
– If the focus is placed on the editor it will go back to the editor
after any send to or R control action;
– If the focus is placed on the Rterm (IO or LOG), it will be maintened in this interface (IO);
– Situations above are also the case when working with two monitors.

2.1. CONFIGURATION
Rterm interface and debug package
• Several changes were made to the debug package (1.0.2) regarding
the messaging system (stdout and stderr). The default option is no
longer compatible with Rterm interface implementation.
• The best way to make it compatible again is to add the option below
to the Rprofile.site file:
options(debug.catfile = 'stdout')

• This option is automatically sent to the R interpreter from version
3.0.3.0 of Tinn-R project.
Speller installation
• To install this resource:
1. Close Tinn-R (if it is running);
2. Download the dictionaries you would like to add to Tinn-R;
3. Install the file (for example ISpEnFrGe.exe);
• Upon start, Tinn-R will recognize all installed dictionaries. You should
choose one as your default.
• Before installing new dictionaries, it is strongly recommended that
you close Tinn-R.
• Another useful tool is the UserDicEditor which enables the editing
of dictionaries.
Inverse DVI search
• Tinn-R is able to perform inverse DVI search. To get this function to work, include in your DVI previewer the path of the binary
executable file for Tinn-R along with the parameters for file and line.
For example, using YAP under Miktex, the configuration would be
(assuming a default path for Tinn-R):
C:\Tinn-R\bin\Tinn-R.exe "%f;%l"

– Please make sure that there is no space between the parameters %f(related to file) and %l(related to line);

BASICS

– It is necessary to add the parameter for Miktex compilation
within Tinn-R (Options/Application/Processing/Latex/DVI):
latex -c-style-errors -src-specials;
– Tinn-R can do all of this automatically by setting the option
Restore default:
latex -c-style-errors --src-specials
and
bibtex --src-specials

2.1. CONFIGURATION
Ruby and Deplate
• Deplate (user guide here) is a remote Ruby based tool for converting
documents written in wiki-like markup to LaTeX, HTML, HTML
slides, or DocBook format. Deplate supports page templates, embedded LaTeX code, footnotes, citations, bibliographies, automatic
generation of indices, tables of contents, among others. Deplate
can also be used to create Web pages and, via LaTeX or DocBook,
high-quality printouts.
• Tinn-R works with the Ruby interpreter for Windows (ruby.exe) and
Ruby scripts to generate file conversation within deplate.
• To install and configure these resources follow these steps:
1. Download and unzip the Ruby interpreter anywhere in your
computer;
2. Download and unzip Deplate anywhere in your computer;
3. Within Tinn-R, go to Options/Application/Processing/Conversion/Deplate and add information on parameters (-f is
the default), the interpreter path (ruby.exe), and the converter
(deplate.rb ruby script);

The conversion options using Deplate depends of the file extension. Are
recognized: .dp, .dpt, .dplt, .deplate and .txt.

BASICS

We recently observed a problem when converting files with file names
with an underscore. For example deplate_intro.dplt. In these cases
the file conversion is completed, but Tinn-R won’t open the file since it
can’t find it. This pattern is caused by Deplate (a ruby script) generating a
file named deplate__intro.html. Observe that this file name contains a
double underscore. In sum, for the time being, avoid underscores in file
names when you intend to convert them later through Deplate.

Pandoc

• If you need to convert files from one markup format into another,
Pandoc is your swiss-army knife.
• To install and configure Pandoc resources, just follow these steps:
1. Download and install the converter Pandoc anywhere in your
computer;
2. Within Tinn-R, go to Options/Application/Processing/Conversion/Pandoc and add information on path (pandoc.exe).
• Pandoc can convert documents:

2.1. CONFIGURATION

From
DocBook
HTML
JSON version of native AST
LaTeX
markdown
native Haskell
reStructuredText
textile
To
Documentation formats
Ebooks
HTML formats
Lightweight markup formats
PDF via LaTeX
TeX formats
Word processor formats

Subset(s)
DocBook, GNU TexInfo, Groff man pages
EPUB
XHTML, HTML5, and HTML slide shows using Slidy,
Slideous, S5, or DZSlides
Markdown, reStructuredText, AsciiDoc, MediaWiki
markup, Emacs Org-Mode, Textile
LaTeX, ConTeXt, LaTeX Beamer slides
Microsoft Word docx, OpenOffice/LibreOffice ODT,
OpenDocument XML

Python and Txt2tags
• Txt2tags (user guide here) converts a text file with minimal and
human readable markup to: HTML, XHTML, SGML, LaTeX, Lout,
UNIX man page, Wikipedia, Google Code Wiki, DokuWiki, MoinMoin, MagicPoint (mgp), and PageMaker. It is simple and fast, fea-

BASICS
turing automatic TOC, macros, filters, include, tools, GUI, CLI, Web
interfaces, translations, and extensive documentation.
• Tinn-R works with the Phyton interpreter for Windows (python.exe),
using Python scripts to make the conversion (txt2tags).
• To install and configure Python resources, just follow these steps:
1. Download and install the Python interpreter anywhere in your
computer;
2. Download and unzip Txt2tags anywhere in your computer;
3. Within Tinn-R, go to Options/Application/Processing/Txt2tags
and add information on parameters (-t is the default), interpreter path (python.exe) and the converter (txt2tags python
script);

The conversion options using Txt2tags depends of the file extension. Are
recognized: .t2, .t2t, .txt2tags. and .txt.

2.2. KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS (DEFAULT )
2.2

KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS (DEFAULT )

This section provides information about keyboard shortcuts.
R interface:
LISTING 2.1: R INTERFACE KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
ALT + DOWN
ALT + E
ALT + L
ALT + LEFT
ALT + PGDN
ALT + RIGHT
ALT + UP
CTRL + CTRL + +
CTRL + ENTER
CTRL + F1
CTRL + F2
CTRL + L
CTRL + SPACE
CTRL + TAB
CTRL + TIL
SHIFT + CTRL
F1
SHIFT + CTRL
SHIFT + CTRL
* (requires
** (requires

: R history: down (IO)
: R echo (on/off)
: Clear (LOG)
: Editor: set focus
: LOG: set focus
: IO: set focus
: R history: up (IO)
: Insert <: Insert ->
: Send any prior line (IO)
: Example on selected word*
: Open example on selected word*
: Clear (IO)
: Tip after '(' and completion after '$'
: Change seq. IO and LOG to the right**
: Send current file to Sweave
+ TAB
: Change seq. IO and LOG to the left**
: Help on selected word*
+ B
: Clear (IO and LOG)
+ F1
: R help (HTML)*
an R session)
focus)

Visualization:
LISTING 2.2: VISUALIZATION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
TAB

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Tools: visible (show/hide)
R interface: visible (show/hide)
R interface: minimize
R interface: optimize
R interface: maximize
+ G
Gutter (show/hide)
+ L
Line number (show/hide)
+ K
Special characters (show/hide)
+ V
Tool bars: all (show/hide)
Change seq. the active page
(Editor, RTerm an Help) to the right*
CTRL + SHIFT + TAB
: Change seq. the active page
(Editor, RTerm an Help) to the left*
SHIFT + CTRL + +
: Increase font size**
SHIFT + CTRL + : Decrease font size**
* (requires more than one)
** (text within the main interface)

BASICS

Navigation:
LISTING 2.3: NAVIGATION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
CTRL
END
HOME

+ END
+ HOME

:
:
:
:

End of a doc
Beginning of a doc
End of a line
Beginning of a line

Search/Replace and Go:
LISTING 2.4: SEARCH/REPLACE AND GO KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
F3
SHIFT
CTRL
CTRL

+ F
+ CTRL + F
+ R
+ G

:
:
:
:
:

Find
Find again
Search in files
Replace
Go to line

Function Keys:
LISTING 2.5: FUNCTION KEYS
F1
:
F2
:
F3
:
F7
:
F8
:
F9
:
F10
:
F11
:
F12
:
* (requires an R session)

Help on selected word*
List the structure of selected object*
Find again
Macro record
Macro play
Clear the R console*
Close all graphic devices*
Remove all objects*
Clear all*

2.2. KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS (DEFAULT )

Edition:
LISTING 2.6: EDITION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
ALT
ALT
ALT
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
END
HOME
SHIFT

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

C
N
Z
(
)
A
C
END
HOME
I
T
U
V
X
Y
Z

+ CTRL + Z

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Block comment
Block uncomment (first ocurrence)
Block uncomment (all ocurrence)
Insert (or replace) (|)
Insert (or replace) ()
Select all
Copy
End doc
Beginning of a doc
Block indent
Delete word
Block unindent
Paste
Cut
Delete line
Undo
End of a line
Beginning of a line
Redo

Marks and Go to Marks:
LISTING 2.7: MARKS AND GO TO MARKS KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + NUMBER[0..9]
: Go to mark (no numeric keypad)
SHIFT + CTRL + NUMBER[0..9] : Mark (no numeric keypad)

Project:
LISTING 2.8: PROJECT KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + INS
SHIFT + CTRL + INS
DEL

: Add current file to selected group
: Add file(s) to selected group (with dialog)
: Delete selected group or file

R Script Edition:
LISTING 2.9: R SCRIPT EDITION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL +
CTRL +
CTRL +
CTRL +
CTRL +
CTRL +
* (not

+
+

: Insert <: Insert <- (numeric keypad)*
: Insert ->
: Insert -> (numeric keypad)*
: Insert tip (numeric keypad)*
*
ENTER
: Send current line to R and insert a line break
configurable by user)

BASICS

Selection:
LISTING 2.10: SELECTION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT

+
+
+
+
+
+

ALT
ALT
ALT
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+
+

S
Z
X
C
L
N

:
:
:
:
:
:

Mark block
Unmark block
Unmark all
Selection: set to column mode
Selection: set to line mode
Selection: set to normal mode

Compilation:
LISTING 2.11: COMPILATION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
CTRL
SHIFT
SHIFT
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+

ALT
ALT
CTRL
CTRL
ALT

+
+
+
+
+

D
:
P
:
ALT + D :
ALT + P :
I
:

Compilation:
Compilation:
Compilation:
Compilation:
Compilation:

LaTeX to DVI (single)
LaTeX to DVI (single)
LaTeX to DVI (bibtex)
LaTeX to PDF (bibtex)
Make index (makeindex)

Conversion and Visualization:
LISTING 2.12: CONVERSION AND VISUALIZATION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
SHIFT + CTRL + H
: Conversion: txt2tags to HTML
SHIFT + CTRL + P
: Conversion: Pandoc*
SHIFT + CTRL + S
: Conversion: txt2tags to Sweave
SHIFT + CTRL + T
: Conversion: txt2tags to LaTeX
SHIFT + CTRL + O
: Open current HTML files**
SHIFT + CTRL + U
: Open current file (generic)
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + H : Conversion: deplate to HTML
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + S : Conversion: deplate to Sweave
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + T : Conversion: deplate to LaTeX
* (a universal document converter)
** (with system default browser)

2.2. KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS (DEFAULT )
Main menu (systematically)
LISTING 2.13: MAIN MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

F
P
E
A
M
I
S
O
T
R
V
D
B
H

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

File
Project
Edit
Format
Marks
Insert
Search
Options
Tools
R
View
Window
Web
Help

File:
LISTING 2.14: FILE MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
SHIFT
SHIFT

+
+
+
+
+
+
+

N
O
P
S
W
CTRL + R
CTRL + W

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

New file
Open file
Print
Save file
Close file
Reload file
Close all files

Project:
LISTING 2.15: PROJECT KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + INS
SHIFT + CTRL + INS

: Add current file to selected group
: Add file(s) to selected group (with dialog)

Edit:
LISTING 2.16: EDIT MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
ALT
ALT
ALT

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Z
SHIFT + Z
C
X
V
A
C
N
Z

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Undo
Redo
Copy
Cut
Paste
Copy all
Block/line comment
Block/line uncomment first occurrence
Block/line uncomment all occurrences

BASICS

Format:
LISTING 2.17: FORMAT MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + F5
CTRL + I
CTRL + U

: Reformat R (file or selection)
: Block indent
: Block unindent

Marks:
LISTING 2.18: MARKS MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
SHIFT
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+

NUMBER[0..9]
CTRL + NUMBER[0..9]
ALT + S
ALT + Z
ALT + X

:
:
:
:
:

Go to mark (no numeric keypad)
Mark (no numeric keypad)
Mark block
Unmark block
Unmark all

Insert:
LISTING 2.19: INSERT MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + CTRL + +
CTRL + J
SHIFT + CTRL + I

:
:
:
:

Insert
Completion
Insert dimensional element (LaTeX)

Search:
LISTING 2.20: SEARCH MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + F
CTRL + G
CTRL + R
F3

:
:
:
:

Search text
Go to
Replace text
Search again

Options:
LISTING 2.21: OPTIONS MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
ALT
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT

+
+
+
+
+
+
+

E
ALT
ALT
ALT
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+
+

C
N
U
C
L
N

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

R echo (on/off)
Auto completion \verb{( [ { ' "}
Enable notification
Update silently
Selection: set to column mode
Selection: set to line mode
Selection: set to normal mode

2.2. KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS (DEFAULT )

Tools:
LISTING 2.22: TOOLSMENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
SHIFT + CTRL + Down
: Sort strings
SHIFT + CTRL + H
: Conversion: txt2tags to HTML
SHIFT + CTRL + P
: Conversion: Pandoc*
SHIFT + CTRL + S
: Conversion: txt2tags to Sweave
SHIFT + CTRL + T
: Conversion: txt2tags to LaTeX
SHIFT + CTRL + O
: Open current HTML files**
SHIFT + CTRL + U
: Open current file (generic)
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + H : Conversion: deplate to HTML
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + S : Conversion: deplate to Sweave
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + T : Conversion: deplate to LaTeX
CTRL + ALT + D
: Compilation: LaTeX to DVI (single)
CTRL + ALT + P
: Compilation: LaTeX to DVI (single)
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + D : Compilation: LaTeX to DVI (bibtex)
SHIFT + CTRL + ALT + P : Compilation: LaTeX to PDF (bibtex)
CTRL + ALT + I
: Compilation: Make index (makeindex)
CTRL + B
: Match bracket
F7
: Macro/Record
F8
: Macro/Play
* (a universal document converter)
** (with system default browser)

R:
LISTING 2.23: R MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
ALT + L
ALT + LEFT
ALT + PGDN
ALT + RIGHT
CTRL + F10
CTRL + F11
CTRL + F12
CTRL + F9
CTRL + L
SHIFT + CTRL + B

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Clear (LOG)
Editor: set focus
LOG: set focus
IO: set focus
R interface: minimize
R interface: optimize
R interface: maximize
R interface: visible (show/hide)
Clear (IO)
Clear (IO and LOG)

View:
LISTING 2.24: VIEW MENU KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

LEFT
PGDN
RIGHT
W
ALT + K
ALT + L
ALT + V
F10
F11
F12
F8

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Editor: set focus
LOG: set focus
IO: set focus
Editor: line wrap (show/hide)
Special characters (show/hide)
Line number (show/hide)
Tool bars: all (show/hide)
R interface: minimize
R interface: optimize
R interface: maximize
Tools: visible (show/hide)

BASICS

CTRL + F9

: R interface: visible (show/hide)

Call Tip
LISTING 2.25: CALL TIP KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + SPACE

: Tip after '(' and completion after '$'

Code (or data) Completion
LISTING 2.26: CODE COMPLETION KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + SPACE

: Tip after '(' and completion after '$'

R Explorer
LISTING 2.27: R EXPLORER KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL + E
SHIFT + CTRL + E

: Refresh R environment
: Refresh R explorer or filter

Alphabetical List of Keyboard Shortcuts
ALT + : A-Z:
LISTING 2.28: ALT KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT
ALT

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

A
B
C
D
DOWN
E
E
F
H
I
L
LEFT
M
N
O
P
PGDN
R
RIGHT
S
T
UP
V
W

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Format
Web
Block comment
Window
R history: down (IO)
Edit
R echo (on/off)
File
Help
Insert
Clear (LOG)
Editor: set focus
Marks
Block uncomment (first occurrence)
Options
Project
LOG: set focus
R
IO: set focus
Search
Tools
R history: up (IO)
View
Editor: line wrap (show/hide)

2.2. KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS (DEFAULT )

ALT + Z

: Block uncomment (all occurrence)

BASICS

CTRL + : A-Z, 0-9, /, ( and ):
LISTING 2.29: CTRL KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

(
)
*
+
+
A
ALT + C
ALT + D
ALT + G
ALT + I
ALT + K
ALT + L
ALT + N
ALT + P
ALT + S
ALT + U
ALT + V
ALT + X
ALT + Z
B
C
E
END
ENTER
ENTER
F
F1
F2
F10
F11
F12
F5
F8
F9
G
HOME
I
INS
L
N
NUMBER[0..9]
O
P
R
S
SPACE
T
TAB

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Insert
Insert -> (numeric keypad)*
Select all
Auto completion \verb{( [ { ' "}
Compilation: LaTeX to DVI (single)
Gutter (show/hide)
Compilation: Make index (makeindex)
Special characters (show/hide)
Line number (show/hide)
Enable notification
Compilation: LaTeX to DVI (single)
Mark block
Update silently
Tool bars: all (show/hide)
Unmark all
Unmark block
Match bracket
Copy
Refresh R environment
End doc
Send any prior line (IO)
Send current line to R and insert a line break
Find
Example on selected word**
Open example on selected word*
R interface: minimize
R interface: optimize
R interface: maximize
Reformat R (file or selection)
Tools: visible (show/hide)
R interface: visible (show/hide)
Go to line
Beginning doc
Block indent
Add current file to selected group
Clear (IO)
New file
Go to mark (no numeric keypad)
Open file
Print
Replace text
Save file
Tip after '(' and completion after '$'
Delete word
Change seq. the active page
(Editor, RTerm an Help) to the right ***

2.2. KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS (DEFAULT )

CTRL + TIL
: Send current file to Sweave
CTRL + U
: Block unindent
CTRL + V
: Paste
CTRL + W
: Close file
CTRL + X
: Cut
CTRL + Y
: Delete line
CTRL + Z
: Undo
* (not configurable by user)
** (requires an R session)
*** (require more than one)

DEL:
LISTING 2.30: DEL KEYBOARD SHORTCUT
DEL (Project)

: Delete selected group or file

END:
LISTING 2.31: END KEYBOARD SHORTCUT
END

: End line

Function + : 1-12:
LISTING 2.32: FUNCTION + KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
F1
: Help on selected word*
F2
: List structure of selected object*
F3
: Find again
F7
: Macro record
F8
: Macro play
F9
: Clear the R console*
F10
: Close all graphic devices*
F11
: Remove all objects*
F12
: Clear all*
* (requires an R session)

HOME:
LISTING 2.33: HOME KEYBOARD SHORTCUT
HOME

: Beginning line

BASICS

SHIFT + : A-Z, 0-9 and /:
LISTING 2.34: SHIFT + KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+
ALT + D
ALT + H
ALT + P
ALT + S
ALT + T
B
C
Down
E
F
F1
H
I
INS
L
P
N
NUMBER[0..9]
O
R
S
T
TAB

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Increase font size*
Decrease font size
Compilation: LaTeX to DVI (bibtex)
Conversion: deplate to HTML
Compilation: LaTeX to PDF (bibtex)
Conversion: deplate to Sweave
Conversion: deplate to LaTeX
Clear (IO and LOG)
Selection: set to column mode
Sort strings
Refresh R explorer or filter
Search in files
R help (HTML)*
Conversion: txt2tags to HTML
Insert dimensional element (LaTeX)
Add file(s) to selected group (with dialog)
Selection: set to line mode
Conversion: Pandoc***
Selection: set to normal mode
Mark (no numeric keypad)
Open current HTML files****
Reload file
Conversion: txt2tags to Sweave
Conversion: txt2tags to LaTeX
Change seq. the active page
(Editor, RTerm an Help) to the left
SHIFT + CTRL + U
: Open current file (generic)
SHIFT + CTRL + W
: Close all files
SHIFT + CTRL + Z
: Redo
(extensive to text of the main interface)
*
(requires an R session)
**
*** (a universal document converter)
**** (with system default browser)

2.3. FAQ
2.3

FAQ

This section provides information on Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ).
What is Tinn-R?
• Tinn is a small ASCII file editor primarily intended as a better replacement for the default Notepad running under the Windows OS.
The name is the recursive acronym: Tinn is not Notepad.
• Tinn-R is an extension of the original Tinn editor (ASCII and UNICODE), providing additional functionality to control R running as
Rgui (in SDI mode), Rterm and JGR. And a whole lot of additional
resources.
• Tinn-R can also be thought of as feature-rich replacement of the basic script editor provided with Rgui. It provides syntax-highlighting,
code submission as a whole or line-by-line, in addition to many
other useful tools to ease the writing and debugging of R code.
• Both Tinn and Tinn-R are distributed under the GPL 2 license or
above.
Feedback, suggestions and bug report
Please send your feedback to José Cláudio Faria. If you submit a bug report,
please provide as much detail as possible. This includes indicating the
Tinn-R version, your operating system (Windows XP, Windows 7, etc),
and language (English, French, Portuguese). If the bug is related to an
interface with R, please also indicate which version of R you are using, as
well as whether you are running Rterm or Rgui. Ideally, please also add
the content of the Tools/Results/Ini log interface since this will help us
address the issue more promptly.
Tinn-R installation
See details ...
Where can I get the latest version of Tinn-R?
• The latest version of Tinn-R can be downloaded from Web page or
SourceForge.

BASICS

How do I install Tinn-R?
• Tinn-R uses a classical method of installation and runs on all versions of the Windows OS. You need administrative rights to install,
although you can install it as a regular user provided you have write
permission on the directory where you will perform the installation.
If you have problems, please contact your computer or network
administrator.
• Note that if you install Tinn-R you will likely want to use it along
with R, and so R must be installed separately. R can be obtained
from here.

.trPaths? (a very recorrent FAQ)
If your version is the same or above 3.0.1.0, Tinn-R does not require any
special configuration. That is, the program is ready to be used. One important thing to be done before using it: set a R mirror as close as possible to
where you work. For that, first click on CTRL + F8. This opens the Tools
window, then click on R/Mirrors. Select the R mirror and push the button that shows an hourglass in the taskbar. The chosen repository will
be the new default for all actions dependent repository (install packages,
upgrade packages, etc).
If you have any version of Tinn-R (<= 2.2.0.2) installed, you need to define
your .trPaths correctly in the file R/etc/Rprofile.site. With the "new"
versions of Windows (Vista, 7 e 8) write permissions are more annoying to
deal with, and you have to manually give yourself permission to write to
the file/directory, before you can change and save the files. So, to fix it, you
have to enable write access to the Rprofile.site file and then configure
R to run.
• Locate your R install. The default is C:\Program Files\R\R-X.X\.
• The file you need write access to is Rprofile.site, located in the
folder etc. A good option is to give write access to all of C:\Program
Files\R\R-X.X\.
• Select the directory you want to give yourself permission to write in,
right click, properties, security, and then it depends on your version
of Windows. Once you’ve enabled writing and saved, you’ll need to
go back to Tinn-R. In the main menu choice: R/Configure/Permanent(Rprofile.site).
• It should autoload and fix your Rprofile.site file.

2.3. FAQ

• The one additional change you would make is to either comment
out or change your default repository.
• Usefull links about:
1. Hidden (files and folders)
– Microsoft
– Carbonite
– About.com
– Computer Hope
2. Permission (files and folders)
– Microsoft
– Seven Forums
– Addictive Tips

Can I get the source code?
• Yes. You can get and modify the source code of Tinn-R as well as
redistribute your changes as long as you respect the terms of the
GPL license. The source code is available from SourceForge.

How can I add a shortcut to Tinn-R in the start menu or in the desktop?
• This is automatically done by the installer. If you want to do it manually later on, here are the steps:
1. Under object explorer, right-click the file Tinn-R.exe and select Create shortcut;
2. Drag & drop this shortcut to the desktop or wherever you might
want to place it.

Can I save or reuse my preferences on another computer?
• You have a save/restore configuration tool under Tools/Backup or
Restore system configuration or Database. Just backup your
config file on one computer, copy it to the computer where you
intend to use the same preferences, then restore them there.
• The restore function assumes that you are using same OS and user
name.
• Otherwise:

BASICS
1. Unzip the file Tinn-R_X.X.X.X_preferences_bkp in a place of
your choice;
2. Copy the folder Tinn-R;
3. Paste it inside the directory with the Tinn-R folder;
4. To find where that folder is located, from the main menu just
select Help/Ini files (path information).

How can I open a file in Tinn-R by double-clicking it under Windows
Explorer?
• You need to register Tinn-R as the default program to open files
with a given extension. You can either check this option during
installation or follow the steps below:
1. In order to open *.R files (R scripts) with Tinn-R, locate one
such file in your disk;
2. Right-click this file and select Open with/Choose program...
in the context menu;
3. Click Browse in the Open with dialog box and then select TinnR.exe;
4. Make sure the option Always use the selected program to
open this kind of file is selected;
5. Click OK.
• Now, when you double-click on a *.R file in the Windows explorer, it
will be opened in Tinn-R.

2.3. FAQ

How to define the starting Rgui from within Tinn-R?

• You can start your preferred Rgui directly from Tinn-R. To do that,
go to Options/Application/R/Path.
• At the bottom of the dialog box, you can determine the path of the
Rgui executable to start from within Tinn-R. Select Rgui.exe from,
for instance, C:\Program Files\R\R-X.X.X\bin\Rgui.exe).
Note: to use R from within Tinn-R, you must first install it from
http://cran.r-project.org

• With Rgui, you must choose SDI mode at Edit/GUI preferences.

Can I define Tinn-R as the default editor for R objects?
• No, currently, it does not have that capability. In order to do that,
just use the internal script editor of Rgui to edit() or fix() R objects.

Can I use Emacs or WinEdt style for syntax highlighting color?
• Just set your preferred color scheme in Options/Colors (preference). To change color scheme on other computers, just use the Options/Backup/Restore system options configuration functions
(See details ...).

BASICS

What does "Triggers" mean in Options/Application/R/General/Basic?

• Tips are tooltips displaying the syntax of the currently used R function.
• By default, if you enter the name of a function followed by an open
bracket such as sd( in a R code document, then Tinn-R recognizes
that you call the sd R function and reminds you of its syntax by
showing the following tip: x, na.rm=FALSE, that is, sd accepts two
arguments: x, and na.rm with the latter having FALSE as the default
value.
• Tinn-R uses a database with the syntax of most common functions
in R. However, neither functions in additional packages nor your
custom functions are cached in this database. Adding them all manually is tedious.
• Tinn-R therefore offers a second mechanism: direct requests to R.
This is accomplished through DDE and/or TCP/IP protocols, using
functions automatically loaded when you start the TinnR package
you downloaded from CRAN. (See details ...).
• When a tip is showed (Editor, IO or LOG interface) it is possible to
add all arguments by typing the shortcut CTRL + *.
On some computers, the delay for synchronization might need to be adjusted. If Tinn-R seems to freeze while querying R for tips and you get no

2.3. FAQ

results, increase the value a bit by setting Options/Application/Main/General/Computational synchronization (delay).
Can I start R and Tinn-R all at once?
• There are many ways to accomplish this, but here is one: first, configure R so that it undersands that you want to use Tinn-R as your
IDE (Integrated Development Environment). In order to do that,
start a new R session and add the following command:
> options(IDE = "C:/Tinn-R/bin/Tinn-R.exe")

Replace the path by the present location of Tinn-R.exe on your computer if different from the location above. Then you will indicate that
you want to start the DDE server automatically by setting (valid only
for versions prior to 3.0.1.0, because this communication protocol
was deleted from the project, the only one remaining is TCP/IP):
> options(use.DDE = TRUE)

At this point, Tinn-R will be automatically started when you load
svIDE, at the same time as the R call-tip server is installed (valid
only for versions prior to 3.0.1.0):
> library(TinnR)

If those steps work well in manual mode, but you now want them to
run whenever you start R, edit the Rprofile.site file (located in the
\etc\ subdirectory of R. File location varies, but it should be under
something like C:\Program Files\R\R-X.X.X\etc\Rprofile.site). Add
the above-mentioned three lines of code at the end of the Rprofile
file (valid only for versions prior to 3.0.1.0).
options(IDE = "C:/Tinn-R/bin/Tinn-R.exe")
options(use.DDE = TRUE)
library(TinnR)

A copy of Rprofile.site file created by José Cláudio Faria can be
obtained from SourceForge, which you can adapt according to your
needs. To make sure that everything works well and smoothly, close
both R and Tinn-R and restart R. Tinn-R should start concomitantly.
Now, create a very simple function in R such as:

BASICS

> cube <- function(x) x^3

Switch to Tinn-R and type: cube(. You should get a call-tip displaying x if the R call-tip server was correctly installed.
Hotkeys (operational system)

What is the difference between hotkeys (operational system) and shortcuts
in Tinn-R?
• The hotkeys are related to the operational system. In other words,
they work without the focus on Tinn-R, whereas the shortcuts will
only work with the focus on the Tinn-R interface.

2.3. FAQ

How do I define hotkeys for R tools in Tinn-R?
• Go to R/Hotkeys of R. Once there, define your favorite hotkeys
for the various R tools and make sure to activate them (Option ->
Active).

Is there a shortcut for cycling through opened files?
• Yes, you can use CTRL + TAB to go to next file, and CTRL + SHIFT +
TAB to go to previous ones when several files are loaded simultaneously in Tinn-R.
Is there a shortcut for <- and -> for the S/R languages?
• The (non user configurable) shortcut for -> is CTRL + ADD key (numeric keypad). Similarly, CTRL + SUBTRACT (numeric keypad) is a
shortcut for <-. -> and <-, all being assignment symbols in the S/R
languages.
Miscellaneous
I am editing a table. Can I select text in column mode?
• Yes you can, but you must first make sure that this option is selected.
Go to Options/Application/Editor/Advanced options tab and
check (x) Alt sets column modes. Once this is done, by pressing
Alt key while selecting your text with the mouse in Tinn-R, the
selection will be done in column mode.
• Another option is to change the selection mode to column in a permanent way. This is done through the menu Options/Selection
mode or by clicking on the selection mode place at the status bar.
The available options are: smNormal, smLine and smColumn.

Can I define bookmarks to facilitate the navigation through my documents?
• Yes, you can define up to 10 bookmarks in each of your opened
documents. To define the bookmark, use CTRL + SHIFT + [0-9]
(a key from 0 to 9). Then, to go to the corresponding bookmark just
use CTRL + [0-9]. A visual indicator appears in the right margin at
the location of your bookmarks to remind you where they are.

BASICS

What is the left gutter used for?
• In Tinn-R, bookmarks are visually displayed in the left gutter (use
CTRL + SHIFT + [0-9] to set bookmarks and then use CTRL + [09] to navigate to them). It also displays the respective line numbers. You must set gutter Visible in Options/Application/Editor/Display tab (and also Show line numbers) to activate this
feature.

Can I run my code step-by-step?
• Yes, but for more convenient use of this function, you must place
Tinn-R and R side by side on your screen and click on the ’Send line’
icon with the mouse (seventh button from the left on the R toolbar).
• If you use a shortcut, you can just submit one line since the R console
gets the focus when code is sent to R. Alternatively, you can set TinnR as a topmost window on top of R using Options/On top. The
downside is that Tinn-R will permanently hide the R console and
there is a chance that you won’t see a part of the output generated
in R during your step-by-step code execution.

Is there a graphical debugger for my R functions?
• Not yet, but you can download the excellent debug package from
CRAN and use the mtrace function available from there.

What is the Tools panel?
• It is a panel you can open at either the left or the right side of your
text. It helps you to manage large projects with multiple documents.
The Computer tab allows you to explore your computer disks and
open one or several files without using File/Open, or switching to
the Windows file explorer. The Project tab is a convenient manager
for all files collected in a given project.

Can I copy and paste syntax highlighted R code in Word/Web/LaTeX?
• Syntax highlighted code enhances the code’s visibility. It is convenient in the code editor, but could also be useful for pieces of code
presented elsewhere such as in a report, a Web page, or a LaTeX

2.3. FAQ

document. Tinn-R allows you to copy the code while keeping syntax
highlighting color through Edit/Copy formatted. Three options
are available: RTF, HTML and TeX.

How can I fix incorrect icon displays on Windows after I have installed a
new version of Tinn-R?
• If you get an incorrect icon displayed on Windows after installing a
new version of Tinn-R, just proceed as follows:
– In order to accelerate the display of program or file icons, Windows stores images in the ICON CACHE (ShellIconCache), a
hidden icon cache file in your Windows directory.
– Sometimes the icon of the object changes, but Windows still
shows the old icon instead of the new one. To solve this problem, use the shareware program called IconChanger.
– If you have just installed Tinn-R with a new icon but Windows
has not changed the image yet, use IconChanger and select
REBUILD ICON CACHE. If that still doesn’t work, then select
REMOVE ICON CACHE.
– If you have selected REBUILD the icon cache will start rebuilding from scratch. If you have selected REMOVE, you will see a
warning message. Select YES and then restart your computer.

Basic instructions about focus control:

• Tinn-R has a button within the Options toolbar with the hint (Options: return focus to editor after send/control Rgui) that enables the
user to configure out the focus control. When this option is checked
Tinn-R will display the following behavior:
– If the editor has the focus, it will go back to the editor after any
send to or R control action, otherwise it will remain on Rgui.
This is also true when working with a dual-monitor display.
• If the Rterm has the focus, it will be maintained in this interface (IO),
disregarding the Options: return focus to editor after send/control
Rgui.

BASICS

Why Tinn-R doesn’t remember my syntax color preferences?

Tinn-R has seven multi-highlighters: HTML complex, PHP complex, R
complex, R doc, R html, R markdown and R noweb, with each one behaving
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
5.
6.

HTML complex
PHP complex
R complex
R doc
R html
R markdown
R noweb

URI

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

HTML & JavaScript
HTML & JavaScript & PHP
R & URI ('<<<' begin URI; '>>>' end URI)
TeX & R ('>>=' begin R; '@' end R)
HTML & R ('' end R)
URI & R ('```{' begin R; '```' end R)
TeX & R ('>>=' begin R; '@' end R)

: Uniform Resource Identifiers.

R complex : The main syntax is R, '<<<' and '>>>' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of URI syntax.
R doc

: The main syntax is TeX, '>>=' and '@' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.

R html

: The main syntax is HTML, '' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.

R markdown: The main syntax is URI, '```{' and '```' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.
R noweb

: The main syntax is TeX, '>>=' and '@' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.

2.3. FAQ

These highlighters do not establish priorities when you set the syntax
color preferences. Thus, if you change the color preferences for any of
these multi-highlighters these settings will be valid only in the current
Tinn-R session and will not be saved when Tinn-R is closed. If you want to
make these changes permanent, just set the preferences from all simple
highlighters.
How do I set a block as marked?
• If the file has no marks: the option will not be available (grayed
out);
• If the file has one or more marks and the cursor is either above
the first mark or below the last mark: all text (above or below this
mark) will be submitted in relation to the cursor position (above or
below) the mark;
• If the cursor is between any two adjacent marks: all text between
those two marks will be submitted.

How can I find errors in my script using Rterm interface?
• The Application options/R/Rterm is split in two tabs: Error and
Options. The tab Error has an option: Trying to find code errors (at the editor)*. It enables the user to set Tinn-R in order
to find code errors at the editor when sending instructions to Rterm.
• It may happen that the error will not be found at the right place. For
example, the error might be the same word appearing in a comment
which comes before the actual code. In that case the user should
use the shortcut F3 (Find again). The word will appear selected,
than just press OK until finding the right error. The first search
done internally by Tinn-R has Case sensitive and Whole word only as
default, but, this is not passed to the search interface, therefore the
user should just select them if convenient. If the error has numbers
among letters Whole word only is not a good option.

The comunication between Tinn-R and Rgui.exe seems to freeze!
• First, it is not necessary to reinstall the Tinn-R nor R!

BASICS
• In some Windows flavors the communication between Rgui and
Tinn-R sporadically seems to freeze. The cause of this bug is still
unknown to us and seems to be related to the new features of some
Windows flavors. However, the solution is very simple: rest your
mouse (without pressing for a few seconds) on the icon of the TinnR on the taskbar of windows. . . : the communication should be restored automatically.

The comunication between Tinn-R and Rterm.exe seems to freeze using
knit function!
• To all knit procedures it will be added the argument quiet=TRUE. It
is very dificult to sincronize the txtProgreesBar used in these functions and Rterm interface. So, if you want more control, we suggest
(for while) to use the knit with Rgui.exe intead of Rterm.exe.

How to make Ctrl+Shift+0 mark works?
For Windows 10, do the following (it may be a bit different for Windows 8):
1. In the control panel, click Language. This brings up the "Language"
panel.
2. Choose "Advanced Settings" in the left area. This brings up the
"Advanced Settings" panel.
3. Choose "Change language bar hot keys". This brings up the "Text
Services Input Language" panel.
4. Select that item and click the "Change Key Sequence" button. This
brings up the "Change Key Sequence" panel.
5. Set the Ctrl + Shift in both radio buttons to "Not Assigned" and click
OK.

CHAPTER 3

WORKING WITH
This chapter provides information on how to work using Tinn-R.

48
3.1

WORKING WITH
APPLICATION OPTIONS

FIGURE 3.1: Tinn-R: Main resources.

Tinn-R interface (Figure 3.1) is very flexible and user configurable. It is
necessary time to know all available resources and to configure this out
(according to your preferences) in a nice way. The default set of options
might not be suitable for every user.
The window Application options allows the user to set the major piece of
user preferences related to the application.
It must be clear from now on that the Tinn-R project is the sum of three
main resources (Figure 3.1): The application per se (1), additional Tools
(2) and the instances of the SynEdit class (3). The Tools (2) was projected to allows the expansion of resources.
The options visible in all pictures reflect a set of the project coordinator
preferences.
Main
Figure 3.2 and Table 3.1 show the options related to this topic.

3.1. APPLICATION OPTIONS

FIGURE 3.2: Main (Options/Application).

Since the options are self-explanatory, Table 3.1 only gives some details
about the most difficult options to understand.

Editor
The Editor window (Figures 3.3, 3.4 and 3.6) was adapted from the sources
of the SynEdit component, mainly related to the general appearance and
standard options. The set of options available complement the Application
options and allows high level of customization.
Display:
Figure 3.3 and Table 3.2 show the main resources.
Advanced:

WORKING WITH

Option
Computational syncronization (delay)

Remove extension for Save as
Application colors (extensive text only)

Description
Several processes are dependent on synchronization between applications
(R, converters, compilers). The optimal value of the delay is determined by
the following characteristics: user habits, hardware and software available.
The ideal value is unique to the various possible combinations of those
three characteristics. Try to reduce to the minimum value (50 ms) and test
it: if something does not work, increase it gradually and keep testing until
getting to the optimal value. The default value (100 ms) may not be optimal
for all users.
All file extensions will be removed in the Save as Windows interface
Dark colors (low level of radiation) for the background, and pale light (high
level of radiation) for the characters are reccomended for people who work
with the computer/monitor for long periods. Pictures of this user guide ire
like this

Table 3.1: Same main options

FIGURE 3.3: Editor options: Display.

Figure 3.4 and Table 3.3 show the main resources.
Encoding/EOL:
This interface (Figure 3.5) allows to change the default encoding and EOL
when creating new files and also the user option related to UTF-8 files.
Keystrokes:
This interface (Figure 3.6) allows to change the default SynEdit keystrokes.
It is possible to make new, edit or remove any ecAction (execute command

3.1. APPLICATION OPTIONS

Option
Edge column

Description
Will be showed as a vertical line in the editor and the default
is 80 characters. Set it to 0 or a negative value (-1) to make
the edge column not visible
Choice of the edge color
Set the number of characters that will be inserted when
typing the Tab key
Set the width which each single line will be displayed
Will open the Windows interface for choosing installed fonts
Will open the Windows interface to choose a color
Visibility option
Autosize option
Show line number option
Start at zero option
Show leading zeros option
Use gutter font option

Edge color
Tab width
Extra lines
Font
Gutter color
Visible
Autosize
Show line number
Start at zero
Show leading zeros
Use gutter font

Table 3.2: Display (Options/Editor).

Option
Auto indent
Auto size scroll width
Drag and drop editing
Alt sets column mode
Maintain caret column
Want tabs (ind./unind. select.)
Smart tabs
Backspace to last character
Enhance home key
Enhance end Key
Hide scrollbars as necessary
Disable scroll arrows
Half page scroll
Scroll by one less
Scroll past end of file
Scroll past end of line
Show scroll hint
Scroll hint follows mouse
Tabs to spaces
Trim trailing spaces
Group undo
Right mouse moves cursor
Show special chars
Insert caret
Overwrite caret

Description
Will indent the caret (position of the cursor in the current line) on new lines with the
same amount of leading white space as the preceding line
Automatically resizes the MaxScrollWidth property when inserting text
Allows you to select a block of text and drag it within the document to another location
Holding down the key will put the selection mode into column format
When moving through lines w/o cursor past EOL, keeps the X position of the cursor
When tabbing (if there is a selection) and act as block indent,
unindent
When tabbing, the cursor will go to the next non-white space character of the previous
line
The cursor will go to the next non-white space character of the line
Enhances HOME key positioning, similar to visual studio
Enhances END key positioning, similar to JDeveloper
If enabled, then the scrollbars will only show when necessary. If you have ScrollPastEOL, then the horizontal bar will always be there (it uses MaxLength instead)
Disables the scroll bar arrow buttons when you can’t scroll in that direction any more
When scrolling with page-up and page-down commands, only scroll a half page at a
time
Forces scrolling to be one less
Allows the cursor to go past the end of file marker
Allows the cursor to go past the last character into the white space at the end of a line
Shows a hint of the visible line numbers when scrolling vertically
The scroll hint follows the mouse when scrolling vertically
Converts a tab character to a specified number of space characters
Spaces at the end of lines will be trimmed and not saved
When undoing/redoing actions, handle all continuous changes of the same kind in
one call instead undoing/redoing each command separately
When clicking with the right mouse for a pop-up menu, move the cursor to that
location
Shows the special characters
A list with four options: Vertical line, Horizontal line, Half block and block
A list with options: Vertical line, Horizontal line, Half block and block

Table 3.3: Display (Options/Editor).

FIGURE 3.4: Editor options: Advanced.

FIGURE 3.5: Editor options: encoding/EOL.

action). A set of user friendly keystrokes gives high productivity leading
with all instances of the main class SynEdit: Editor, IO and LOG.

WORKING WITH

3.1. APPLICATION OPTIONS

FIGURE 3.6: Editor options: keystrokes.

R
Figures 3.7, 3.8, 3.9 and 3.10 shows a set of options available. As you can
see, it allows a high level of customization with the R environment.
Processing
There are resources (Figure 3.11 and 3.12) related to conversion (Deplate,
Pandoc and Txt2tags) and compilation (Miktex).
Conversion:
Tinn-R project makes it easy to work with these nice conversion tools:
Deplate, Pandoc and Txt2tags. (Figure 3.11).

FIGURE 3.7: R (Options/Application).

LaTex:
Tinn-R is not a specific editor to LATEX, but it has the basic resources (Figure
3.12) allowing the user to use the main resources of this environment.

WORKING WITH

3.1. APPLICATION OPTIONS

FIGURE 3.8: R (Options/Application).

FIGURE 3.9: R (Options/Application).

WORKING WITH

FIGURE 3.10: R (Options/Application).

3.2

SELECTION MODE

Allows the setting of the current selection mode (Figure 3.13, 3.14 and
3.15).
Select text by clicking and dragging with the left mouse button held down
or moving the cursor with the shift key held down. The status bar will
display an icon indicating the current selection mode.

Normal
This is the standard selection mode (Figure 3.13) found in many Windows
applications.

3.2. SELECTION MODE

FIGURE 3.11: Conversion (Options/Application/Processing).

Line
This selection mode (Figure 3.14) allows only for complete lines to be
selected.
Column
This selection mode (Figure 3.15) allows vertical blocks of text to be selected. The option ALT sets column mode allowing the selection mode to
be switched to Column Mode when selecting with the mouse by simply
holding down the ALT key. See details at editor (advanced options).

FIGURE 3.12: Latex (Options/Application/Processing).

FIGURE 3.13: Normal (selection mode).

FIGURE 3.14: Line (selection mode).

WORKING WITH

3.3. HIGHLIGHTERS (SETTINGS)

FIGURE 3.15: Column (selection mode).

3.3

HIGHLIGHTERS (SETTINGS)

FIGURE 3.16: Highlighter preferences.

This interface (Figure 3.16) allows you to customize the appearance and
colors of the instances of the class SynEdit (Editor, IO and LOG).
The interface is simple and self-explanatory.
Basically, make a choice between the set of highlighters available from the
Highlighters list. The identifier of the selected highlighter will be updated.
It is possible to set only one foreground attribute each time. But it is possible to set the background for all attributes of the selected highlighter and
also the background of all attributes of all highlighters.
It is also possible to set the color brackets and the active line background.
Observation:

WORKING WITH

Tinn-R has seven multi-highlighters: HTML complex, PHP complex, R
complex, R doc, R html, R markdown and R noweb, with each one behaving
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
5.
6.

HTML complex
PHP complex
R complex
R doc
R html
R markdown
R noweb

URI

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

: Uniform Resource Identifiers.

R complex : The main syntax is R, '<<<' and '>>>' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of URI syntax.
R doc

: The main syntax is TeX, '>>=' and '@' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.

R html

: The main syntax is HTML, '' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.

R markdown: The main syntax is URI, '```{' and '```' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.
R noweb

: The main syntax is TeX, '>>=' and '@' are the tags enabling
the user to insert a block of R syntax.

These highlighters haven’t priorities when you set the syntax color preferences. Thus, if you change the colors’ preferences of any of these multihighlighters these settings will be valid only in the current Tinn-R session
and will not be saved when Tinn-R is closed. So, if you want to make
permanent changes, set the preferences from all simple highlighters.
From version 3.0.1.0 a warning message is displayed whenever a multihighlighter is selected. It shows which highlighters the user must change
the characteristics so that they are properly stored and henceforth always
displayed.

3.4. SHORTCUTS CUSTOMIZATION
3.4

SHORTCUTS CUSTOMIZATION

FIGURE 3.17: Shortcuts customization.

The Shortcuts customization (Figure 3.17) allows the user to set the shortcuts related to the application, it works together with the Editor keystrokes,
and allows for high level of customization.
The difference between Shortcuts and Hotkeys (operational system) is that
the former works only with the focus on Tinn-R, whereas hotkeys work
with the focus anywhere.
Read below a brief description of available buttons.
Restore default: Restores the file Shortcuts.xml from the origin (InstallPath/data/data.zip). Any prior changes to the file Shortcuts.xml in
use will be lost.
Save as default: Opens the save dialog allowing to save the file. From this
point, this file will be the new default shortcuts.
Load: Opens the open dialog allowing to load a shortcut file. From this point
on, this file will be the new default shortcuts.
Edit: Sets the table in edition mode.
Cancel current: Cancels any changes made to the current edition.
Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save or Save
as default.
Save: Saves to text file (XML) all changes made to the current table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All changes not saved will be lost.

62
3.5

WORKING WITH
HOTKEYS (OPERATIONAL SYSTEM)

FIGURE 3.18: Hotkeys.

The Hotkeys (operational system) (Figure 3.18) allow setting the hotkeys
related to the operational system. The difference between those hotkeys
and Shortcuts customization is that the latter works only with the focus in
Tinn-R, whereas the hotkeys work with the focus anywhere.
The interface is self-explanatory. Basically you first make a choice from
the R/Hotkeys (operational system) and set the desired Hotkey.
The set of hotkeys will perform actions only if the option Active is checked.
The objective of these options (Inactive and Active) is to avoid conflict with
others applications allowing to enable/disable the set of hotkeys quickly
and easily.
The R/Hotkeys interface was deeply reworked in the version 2.4.0.0 and
it now has two tabs, Default and Custom:
• Default: Contains the already traditional instructions of Tinn-R;
• Custom: Allows the user to customize any instructions to be send
to R interpreter (thanks to Philemon Lenherr for the suggestion).

3.5. HOTKEYS (OPERATIONAL SYSTEM)
The instructions must be as follows:
– Simple: search(). The R interpreter will receive > search();
– Replace word or small selection: View(%s, title=’View of
iris dataset’). If the editor cursor is over the word iris
or it is selected, the R interpreter will receive > View(iris,
title=’View of iris dataset’)

– Replace whole file: source(%f, echo=TRUE, verbose=TRUE).
The R interpreter will receive > source(.trPaths[4], echo=TRUE,
verbose=TRUE). All rules related to send file are preserved.

64
3.6

WORKING WITH
RTERM INTERFACE

FIGURE 3.19: Rterm interface.

The implementation of a Rterm interface (Figure 3.19, 3.20 and 3.21) in
Tinn-R has the following aims:
• To address some limitations (edition, navigation and control) imposed by the Rgui.exe interface;
• To add more flexibility and power to the GUI/Editor;
• To maintain the prior user knowledge associated with Tinn-R editor
and the Rgui console;
• To maintain the structural simplicity of the application;
• To use a more efficient engine of Inter Process Communication (IPC)
than the Windows clipboard used in previous versions.
The IO (Figure 3.20) and LOG (Figure 3.21) interfaces are instances of the
class SynEdit. In other words, all prior user knowledge of the resources
associated with the editor were preserved:
• Free navigation with keyboard keys;
• Marks;
• Shortcuts;
• Syntax;

3.6. RTERM INTERFACE
• Match brackets;
• Tips;
• Data completion;
• Edition: copy, paste, cut, etc;
• Selection/copy/paste in column mode: ALT + drag the mouse, if
this option is checked (see editor options), etc.
1. IO (Figure 3.20): The aim was to add flexibility and power, i.e., joining
the power of SynEdit (editor) and the functionality of a common
console.
2. LOG (Figure 3.21): Has three basic objectives:
a) To receive and show warnings and error messages;
b) To make the IO interface cleaner;
c) To avoid synchronization difficulties with the inter process
communication (IPC) called pipe used.
When more than one recognized instance of R is running the priority order
is:
1. Rterm;
2. Rgui;
3. Rserver (remote);
IO
The IO interface (Figure 3.20 and Table 3.4) is used to receive output
(SDTOUT) from the R environment.
It is necessary to adjust some R options (for example: options(width=70)
to obtain a suitable number of characters in each single line, according to
hardware and user preferences (side of IO, place of IO, length of IO, width
of IO, type and size of font). Once you get a suitable result, it is a good
practice to add this option to the Rprofile.site (located inside of the
folder etc where the R was installed) file. Thus, your option will always be
set when starting R.
The IO is an instance of SynEdit. Therefore, it can be edited and used like
the editor, allowing the tasks showed in the Table 3.4.
If the IO has the focus, all actions of the R toolbar and main menu associated with control R can be used in the IO interface.

WORKING WITH

FIGURE 3.20: IO (Rterm interface).

Resource
Edition

Shortcuts
Syntax
Match brackets

Description
All resources available to the editor (copy, paste, cut, etc)
can be used
Using keyboard keys: Home, Page Up, Page Down, End, Left,
Top, Right and Bottom
CTRL + [0..9] can be used to mark, SHIFT + CTRL +
[0..9] to go to prior marks
All shortcuts available to the editor are also to the IO
Two options: Text and R
Makes it easier to build more complex instructions like

Tips
Data completion

Are invoked using the same trigger as the editor
Are invoked using the same trigger as the editor

Free navigation
Marks

plot(sqrt(rnorm(1e3)), pch=’.’, cex=3)

Table 3.4: IO interface, main resources available.

The IO interface has a special pop-up menu allowing the most common
tasks. It is self-explanatory. So, make a small tour (right mouse button
inside of Rterm/IO) to find out about its options.
Some details:
• Shortcuts and pop-up menu make it easy to change among the
interfaces: Editor, IO and LOG:
1. if IO and LOG are in distinct tabs (views), the common Windows shortcut CTRL + TAB changes the active page (IO-LOG).
2. Any prior line can be sent another time by just putting the
cursor in any place of it and typing: CTRL + ENTER;

3.6. RTERM INTERFACE
• The last line of the IO interface (the prompt) has special features:
1. It has some restrictions for edition and navigation;
2. ALT+DOWN and ALT+UP are the shortcuts (prior/later) for command history. The history is continuous, cyclic, and have a 100
line limit.
LOG

FIGURE 3.21: LOG (Rterm interface).

The LOG interface (Figure 3.21) is used to receive warnings and error
messages (SDTERR) from the R environment.
It has a special pop-up menu that allows the most common tasks. It is
self-explanatory. So, take a small tour (right mouse buttom inside of Rterm/LOG) to know all options.
Most of the resources available to the IO are also available to this interface.

WORKING WITH

3.7

TOOLS INTERFACE

This graphical interface (Figure 3.22) was projected to allow access to
Tinn-R resources and also to accommodate future growth of related news
resources.
Position: starting from version 2.1.1.1 (Oct/15/2008) this interface is dockable. It can float or be docked on the left, top, right, or bottom sides of the
main interface.
Misc

FIGURE 3.22: Tools interface.

Tool
Windows expl.
Work expl.
Project

Description
See details ...
See details ...
See details ...
Table 3.5: Misc (tools)

The resources are showed in Figure 3.22 and Table 3.5.
Windows expl.:
See Figure 3.22.
• Allows manager favorites (add and remove);
• Allows filter by file extension;
• Has pop-up menus similar to Windows explorer;

3.7. TOOLS INTERFACE
• Support drag and drop actions (it is possible to drag any file and
drop it on the editor interface to be opened).

Work expl.:
See Figure 3.22.
• Always shows the folder related to the latest file opened;
• Does not have a pop-up menu;
• Supports drag and drop actions, i.e, it is possible to drag any file and
drop it in the editor interface that will be opened.

Project:
See Figure 3.22.
• Allows for project management using a graphical interface;
• Supports drag and drop actions, ie, it is possible to drag the entire project, groups, or any file and then drop them into the editor
interface that will be opened:
– Project: will open all files related to the current project;
– Group: will open all files for the selected group;
– File: will open the selected file.
• It is possible to send an entire project, a selected group, or an individual file to the R environment through a pop-up menu.
• Source file of project:
– It is possible to edit the project in text mode (with the button Project: edit (as text file) of the specific toolbar). After any
change, save the text file (it contains the textual description
of the project structure) and reload the file to the graphical
interface (with the button Project: reload (from text file) of the
specific toolbar).
– Any changes to the graphical interface will be reflected in the
text file for the project, after it is saved.
– The best way to work with projectis (graphics of textual mode)
depends on the complexity of the actions and the user preference. For single tasks, we suggest that you use the graphical
mode. For complex actions, it is faster to use the textual mode
with all editor resources.

Tool
Txt2tags
LaTeX

WORKING WITH

Description
Sets marks, macros and settings of Txt2tags convertor
Sets LATEX symbols settings in a customizable manner

Table 3.6: Markup (Tools).

Markup

FIGURE 3.23: Markups (Tools).

It contains resources (Figure 3.23 and Table 3.6) related to the Txt2tags
and LATEX.
Txt2tags:
Sets (Figure 3.23) marks, macros, and settings for the Txt2tags convertor.
A single click over any graphical will add it to the current editor.
LaTeX:
Set (Figure 3.23) of LATEX symbols. A single click over any graphical object
will add it to the current editor;
The symbols, place and order of all symbols are customizable. To customize them, open the folder latex and edit ini path. At the end of the
edition, update the interface using the button Latex: reload symbols (from
ini). Be careful when editing the symbols to maintain the name structure. For example: Number_SymbolName.FileExtension, 001_alpha.gif,
002_beta.gif. The number will be used to order symbols in the graphical
interface, while the name will be used (if recognized) as a LATEX symbol.

3.7. TOOLS INTERFACE

Tool
Ini log
Search
Hex viewer

Description
Displays useful results when starting Tinn-R
Interface for Search results associated with Search in files
Interface for hex viewer

Table 3.7: Results (Tools).

Results
It contains resources (Table 3.7) related to Ini log, Search and Hex viewer.
Ini log:

FIGURE 3.24: Inilog (Tools/Results).

Displays (Figure 3.24 and Table 3.8) useful results when starting Tinn-R.
If you submit a bug report, please also send the results for the respective
page by copying & pasting.
Search:
The interface (Figure 3.25) for Search results associated with Search in
files.
The results for the Search in files actions are displayed as a tree with all
files. Double click the file to open it in the editor interface.
Hex viewer:

WORKING WITH

Topic
Path of executable and sources (origin)
Path of ini folders
Verification of necessary folder and files
Tinn-R, app, bkp, colors, editor, syntax, syntax bkp and tmp
Data (version)
Latex (version)
Project (version)
Editor options
Shortcuts (version)
Unihighlighter (version)
Tmp

Description
Lists executable files and resources
Lists the path of all folders of the ini
Lists the status of folders and files of ini
Lists the status of these folders
Lists the status of this folder and files
Lists the status of this folder and files
Lists the status of this folder and files
Lists the status of this folder and files
Lists the status of this folder and files
Lists the status of this folder

Table 3.8: Ini log

FIGURE 3.25: Search (Tools/Results).

The interface (Figure 3.26) for Hex viewer results associated to any active
file.
Spell
Tool
Spell

Description
Interface to speller

To enable spellchecking with Tinn-R it is necessary to install at least one
dictionary of the list of available ones. It is also a good idea to install the
dictionary manager. See instructions ....

3.7. TOOLS INTERFACE

FIGURE 3.26: Hex (Tools/Hex viewer).

FIGURE 3.27: Spelling (Tools).

Database
The database (Figure 3.28 and Table 3.9) uses the native XML engine
provided by Borland. Each tab (Shortcuts, Completion and Comments)
has its own pop-up menus and toolbars.
Shortcuts:
The Shortcuts interface allows the user to find out about the internal organization of Tinn-R and also to customize all shortcuts related to the application. It is our intention, in the near future, to add additional keystrokes
related to the editor and to the R hotkeys.
The available buttons (Figure 3.28) are:

WORKING WITH

FIGURE 3.28: Database (Tools).

Tool
Shortcuts
Completion
Comments

Description
A digital shortcuts interface based in a XML database
A digital completion interface based in a XML database
A digital comments interface based in a XML database

Table 3.9: Database (Tools)

Help: Opens the User guide.
Edit: Opens the dialog Completion database (xml based).

The Edit button opens the dialog shown in the Figure 3.38.

3.7. TOOLS INTERFACE

Completion:
The Completion resource is very simple and allows high level of user customization related to edition. The old implementation of completion
resource showed instability and was replaced. We hope that the users will
like this new one.
This resource adds a granular level of user customization for editing all
within Tinn-R.
The completion (database based) allows the user to add functions based
on several programming languages such as R, TEX, among others.
The available buttons (Figure 3.28) are:
Help: Sends the following instruction to R: help(’selected function’).
Example: Sends the following instruction to R: example(’selected function’).
Copy function: Places the selected function in the clipboard.
Copy description: Places the description of the selected function in the
clipboard.
Edit: Opens the dialog Completion database (xml based) below.
Insert: Inserts the selected function in the active editor. A Double click
or Enter performs the same function. The default shortcut is CTRL
+ J, but this can be customized under Options/Shortcuts or Tools/Database/Shortcuts. To use it just push the keystrokes after any valid
word:
if to obtain:
if (| < )
ifc to obtain:
if (| < ) {
}
fo to obtain:
for (i in 1:i|)
foc to obtain:
for (i in 1:|) {
}
sw to obtain:
switch(|,
a = ' ',
b = ' ',
)
wh to obtain:
i = 0
while (i < |) {

WORKING WITH

i = i + 1
}
eq to obtain:
\begin{equation}\label{eq_01}
|
\end{equation}

Observations:
1. Only two letters were used to define the functions (for example:
fo = for, fu = function);
2. Therefore, we added the letter c for more complex structures (for
example: foc, fuc);
3. The | symbol is used to define where the cursor will first stop
after auto-completion. After being selected the | symbol marks
the point where the user can start typing.

The Edit button opens the dialog showed in the Figure 3.39.
Comments:
The Comments resource is very simple and allows high level of user customization.
From version 3.0.1.0 Tinn-R automatically recognizes the language of the
file on focus. Further, inside the file - if it is a syntax a multi-highlighter
(complex syntax) - which language of the line where the cursor (or selection) is found.
This identification is done automatically if (and only if) the option (x) Auto
detect language (recomended) is checked. Otherwise the user is forcing
the application to use the comments of the selected language (indicator
arrow).
Selected code snippets involving more than one language will not be
commented/uncommented and a warning message is issued. That is, you
must select only the snippet of a single language.
The available buttons (Figure 3.28) are:
Help: It opens the User Guide on the section Databases.
Edit: It opens the dialog R card database (xml based).

The Edit button opens the dialog shown in the Figure 3.40.

3.7. TOOLS INTERFACE

Tool
Explorer
Card
Mirrors

Description
Simple and functional graphical interface of objects of the
R environment
A digital and simple R card based in a XML database
A digital and simple R mirrors management based in a XML
database

Table 3.10: R (Tools).

FIGURE 3.29: R (Tools).

A simple and functional graphical interface (Figure 3.29 and Table 3.10)
of objects, card and mirrors management of the R environment.
Explorer:
This interface (Figure 3.29) has its own pop-up menu, toolbar and three
combo box. The pop-up menu and toolbar contain the most common
actions related to an object explorer.
The button R explorer: refresh environment sends an instruction to R environment requesting the list of all loaded packages in the current session.
The result is shown inside a graphical classified list. When one of these is
selected, the graphical list (and structure) of the objects are shown.
There are two options of filter: type of objects and any sequence of characters associated with the names of the objects.
It is possible to remove visible objects of the user workspace (.GlobalEnv)
using the key Delete. To do this, select an object and type Delete.

WORKING WITH

A double click in any selected object will add its name to the editor. If
the object is dragged to the editor interface, the textual description of the
object is always shown in a new file. It is useful to know the sources of
functions and to see data objects (vectors, frames, list, etc).
Card:
The card was based on two R cards already published: R/Rpad Reference
Card by Tom Short and R reference card by Jonathan Baron.

FIGURE 3.30: R card (Database).

The available buttons (Figure 3.29) are:
Help: Sends the following instruction to R: help(’selected function’).
Example: Sends the following instruction to R: example(’selected function’).
Copy function: Places the selected function in the clipboard.
Copy descrition: Places the descrition of the selected function on the clipboard.
Edit: Opens the dialog R card database (xml based) below.
Insert: Inserts the selected function in the active editor. A Double click or
Enter performs the same function.

The Edit button opens the dialog shown in the Figure 3.30.
Read below a brief description of available buttons:
Restore default: Restores the file Rcard.xml from the origin at (InstallPath/data/data.zip).
Any prior changes in the file Rcard.xml currently being used will be
lost.
New: Places the table in insertion mode.
Delete: Delete the current registry from the table.
Edit: Places the table in edition mode.
Cancel current: Cancels any change made to the current edition.
Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save.

3.7. TOOLS INTERFACE

Save: Overwrites the text file (XML) saving all changes made to the current
table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All non-saved changes will be lost.

Mirrors:
The Mirrors is an interface that allows the user to manage the repositories
(or mirrors) of R. You should always choose a repository physically closest
to where you are, so that, the Web communication tends to be faster and
more efficient.
The default mirror is the University Wien (Austria). Consider that this is
the central mirror of CRAN.
The reasons for the Tinn-R always set a repository are two:
• Prevent R keep asking which repository you want to use in each
session;
• Workaround of intermittency (only Rterm) display the dialog for
selecting the repository. That is, sometimes the dialog is displayed
and not others. The cause of this intermittency is still unknown.

FIGURE 3.31: R mirrors (Database).

The available buttons (Figure 3.29) are:
Help: Opens the User guide.
Update: Updates the available R mirrors.
Copy host: Places the selected mirror host in the clipboard.
Copy URL: Places the selected mirror URL in the clipboard.
Edit: Opens the dialog R mirrors (xml based) below.
Insert: Sends the following instruction to R: options(’repos=’URL of selected mirror’).

The Edit button opens the dialog shown in the Figure 3.31.
Read below a brief description of available buttons:

WORKING WITH

Restore default: Restores the file Rmirrors.xml from the origin at (InstallPath/data/data.zip).
Any prior change to the file Rmirrors.xml while being used will be
lost.
New: Places the table in insertion mode.
Delete: Deletes the current registry from the table.
Edit: Places the table in edition mode.
Cancel current: Cancels any change made during the current editing session.
Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save.
Save: Overwrites the text file (XML) while saving all changes made to the
current table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All changes not previously saved will be lost.

3.8. FILE TABS
3.8

FILE TABS

FIGURE 3.32: File tabs.

FIGURE 3.33: File tabs menu.

The position of the file tabs (Figure 3.32) can be changed by drag and drop.
It allows to put the file tab in a desirable order making it suitable for the
user interface.
The file tabs have itheir own pop-up menu (Figure 3.33) allowing fast
control of the most common tasks.

82
3.9

WORKING WITH
TOOLS BAR

FIGURE 3.34: Tools bar.

Category
File
Edit
Filter
Macro
Misc
Processing
R

Search
Syntax
Spell
View

Description
New, open, save, save all, reload and print
Undo and redo
Create a new file with all occurrences of typed sequence of
characters
Record and play
On top, focus control and block marks
Conversion, compilation and viewer
Lots of options to send and control R
Current file, in files, replace and go to line
Drop down list of all syntaxes available
Drop down list of installed dictionaries and a bottom to
start the speller
Organize screen, Tools (show/hide), Tools (size), Rterm
(show/hide, Rterm (size), options to IO and LOG and word
wrap
Table 3.11: Tools bar.

Unlike most applications of this category, this interface (Figure 3.34) was
designed to be as small and simple as possible. In other words, the full
access to all resources of Tinn-R are available at the main menu and associated shortcuts (it takes time to learn all and most are user configurable).
Two groups are available: main and R tool bar.
The main toolbar interface is categorized (Table 3.11) and contains the
most common tasks:
The R toolbar has two basic divisions: Send (left side, finishing in the
Set work directory buttom) and Control (right side, starting in the List all
objects buttom).
Show/Hide
The Tools bar has its own pop-up (Figure 3.35) menu enabling the user
to choose what resources will be visible (show/hide). To see the pop-up
menu, press the right mouse buttom inside any place of the main tool bar.
Disposition
The interface also allows drag and drop. In other words, you can organize
the order of the individual tool bar inside of the main container.

3.9. TOOLS BAR

FIGURE 3.35: Tools bar menu.

It is better to do that with the main interface not maximized to avoid
screen flicker (a small nuance related to some version of the Windows and
Borland engine).

84
3.10

WORKING WITH
FIND AND REPLACE

FIGURE 3.36: Find and replace dialog.

The dialogs for Find and Replace (Figure 3.36) are very similar, so this
session will just discuss the Replace dialog and will point out the changes
when necessary.
Find
When you call up the Find dialog the Find for box will be prefilled with
the word under the cursor. You can type over the entry if you are looking
for another word. There is also a dropdown list of phrases previously
searched.
Replace (Replace dialog only)
When you call up the Replace dialog the Replace with box will be filled with
the last string you entered in it. If this is the first time you have called the
Replace dialog since starting Tinn-R then the Replace box will be empty.
You can type over any text in box. There is also a dropdown list of strings
previously used.
Options:
Case sensitive: When this option is set the search is done case sensitively.
For instance, Ab, AB and ab are all treated as different words whereas
they are not if the option is not set.
Whole words only: When this option is set the system will only find complete words matching the search criteria. So, for example, if ab is the
search string the system will not match occurrences of words like abc
or cab.
Regular expressions: See regular expressions ...

Direction:
The direction to search. This option is ignored if searching in selected text.
Forward: Search from the cursor position to the end of the file.

3.10. FIND AND REPLACE

Backward: Search from the cursor position to the beginning of the file.

Scope:
Global: Search the entire file.
Selected Text: Search just the selected text.

Origin:
Global: Search from the beginning of the file.
From cursor: Search just from the position of the cursor.

WORKING WITH

3.11

SEARCH IN FILES

FIGURE 3.37: Search in files.

The Search in files dialog (Figure 3.37) allows you to match a criteria in all
opened files and/or in files on disk.
Options
Case sensitive: When this option is set the search is case sensitive. For example, Ab, AB and ab are all treated as different words.
Whole words only: When this option is set the system will only find complete words matching the search criteria. For example, if ab is the
search string the system will not match occurrences of words such as
abc or cab.
Regular expressions: See regular expressions ...

Where
Opened files: When this option is set the search is performed on all opened
files.
Directories: When this option is set the search is performed in disk files.

Directory options
Directory: A dropdown list of previously searched directories.
File mask: A dropdown list of the previously searched file mask.
Search in sub directories: When this option is set the search is performed
on all sub directories of the main directory.

3.11. SEARCH IN FILES
Results interface
The associated results interface (Figure 3.37) shows the results.
A double click in a single occurrence (or dragging and dropping it into the
editor interface) will open the file and results will be placed in the first
line of the editor window.

88
3.12

WORKING WITH
DATABASES

All databases uses the native XML engine provided by Borland.
Shortcuts

FIGURE 3.38: Shortcuts (Databases).

Read below for a brief description of available buttons (Figure 3.38):
Restore default: Restores the file Shortcuts.xml from the origin (InstallPath/data/data.zip). Any prior changes to the file Shortcuts.xml currently being used will be lost.
Save as default: Opens the save dialog allowing you to save the file. From
this point on, this file will be the new default shortcut.
Load: Opens the open dialog allowing you to load a shortcut file. From this
point on, this file will be the new default shortcut.
Edit: Places the table in edition mode.
Cancel current: Cancels any change made to the current edition.
Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save or Save
as default.
Save: Overwrites the text file (XML) saving all changes made to the current
table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All non-saved changes will be lost.

Completion
This resource adds a granular level of user customization for editing all
within Tinn-R.
The completion (database based) allows the user to add functions based
on several programming languages such as R, TEX, among others.
Read below for a brief description of available buttons (Figure 3.39):
Restore default: Restores the file Completion.xml from the origin at (InstallPath/data/data.zip).
Any prior change to the file Completion.xml being used will be lost.

3.12. DATABASES

FIGURE 3.39: Completion (Databases).

New: Places the table in insertion mode.
Delete: Deletes the current registry from the table.
Edit: Places the table in edition mode.
Cancel current: Cancels any change made to the current edition.
Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save.
Save: Overwrites the text file (XML), saving all changes made to the current
table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All non-saved changes will be lost.

Comments

FIGURE 3.40: Comments (Databases).

The Comments resource is very simple and allows high level of user customization.
From version 3.0.1.0 Tinn-R automatically recognizes the language of the
file on focus. Further, inside the file - if it is a syntax a multi-highlighter
(complex syntax) - which language of the line where the cursor (or selection) is found.

WORKING WITH

This identification is done automatically if (and only if) the option (x) Auto
detect language (recomended) is checked. Otherwise the user is forcing
the application to use the comments of the selected language (indicator
arrow).
Selected code snippets involving more than one language will not be
commented/uncommented and a warning message is issued. That is, you
must select only the snippet of a single language.
Read below a brief description of available buttons (Figure 3.40):
Restore default: Restores the file Comments.xml from the origin at (InstallPath/data/data.zip).
Any prior changes in the file Comments.xml currently being used will
be lost.
Edit: Places the table in edition mode.
Cancel current: Cancels any change made to the current edition.
Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save.
Save: Overwrites the text file (XML) saving all changes made to the current
table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All non-saved changes will be lost.

Card (R)
The card was based on two R cards already published: R/Rpad Reference
Card by Tom Short and R reference card by Jonathan Baron.

FIGURE 3.41: R card (Databases).

Read below a brief description of available buttons (Figure 3.41):
Restore default: Restores the file Rcard.xml from the origin at (InstallPath/data/data.zip).
Any prior changes in the file Rcard.xml currently being used will be
lost.
New: Places the table in insertion mode.
Delete: Delete the current registry from the table.
Edit: Places the table in edition mode.

3.12. DATABASES

Cancel current: Cancels any change made to the current edition.
Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save.
Save: Overwrites the text file (XML) saving all changes made to the current
table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All non-saved changes will be lost.

Mirrors (R)
The Mirrors is an interface that allows the user to manage the repositories
(or mirrors) of R. You should always choose a repository physically closest
to where you are, so that, the Web communication tends to be faster and
more efficient.
The default mirror is the University Wien (Austria). Consider that this is
the central mirror of CRAN.
The reasons for the Tinn-R always set a repository are two:
• Prevent R keep asking which repository you want to use in each
session;
• Workaround of intermittency (only Rterm) display the dialog for
selecting the repository. That is, sometimes the dialog is displayed
and not others. The cause of this intermittency is still unknown.

FIGURE 3.42: R mirrors (Databases).

Read below a brief description of available buttons (Figure 3.42):
Restore default: Restores the file Rmirrors.xml from the origin at (InstallPath/data/data.zip).
Any prior change to the file Rmirrors.xml while being used will be
lost.
New: Places the table in insertion mode.
Delete: Deletes the current registry from the table.
Edit: Places the table in edition mode.
Cancel current: Cancels any change made during the current editing session.

WORKING WITH

Cancel all: Cancels all changes made to the database prior to Save.
Save: Overwrites the text file (XML) while saving all changes made to the
current table.
Close: Closes the dialog. All changes not previously saved will be lost.

3.13. REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
3.13

REGULAR EXPRESSIONS

This session is an adaptation. It is based on the help of the freewere PSPad
editor.

What are regular expressions?
Regular expressions are widely-used method to specify text patterns to
be searched for. Special metacharacters allow you to specify, for instance,
that a particular string you are looking for occurs at the beginning or end
of a line, or contains n recurrences of a certain character.
Regular expressions may look ugly to novices, but are actually a very simple,
handy and powerful tool.

Simple Matches
Any single character matches itself, unless it is a metacharacter with a
special meaning described below.
A series of characters matches that series of characters in the target string,
so the pattern bluh would match bluh in the target string.
You can cause characters that normally function as metacharacters or
escape sequences to be interpreted literally by escaping them. Do this by
preceding them with a backslash \. For instance: metacharacter ˆ match
beginning of string, but \ˆ match character ˆ, \\ match \ and so on.
Examples:
ER

Matches

foobar
\ˆFooBarPtr

foobar
ˆFooBarPtr

Escape Sequences
Characters may be specified using a escape sequences syntax much like
that used in C and Perl: \n matches a newline, \t a tab, etc. More generally,
\xnn, where nn is a string of hexadecimal digits, matches the character
whose ASCII value is nn. If you need wide (Unicode) character code, you
can use \x{nnnn}, where nnnn is one or more hexadecimal (base 16) digits
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E, F). Hex digit letters may be in upper or
lower case.

ER
\xnn
\x{nnnn}
\t
\n
\r
\f
\a
\e

WORKING WITH

Description
Char with hex code nn
Char with hex code nnnn (one byte for plain text and two
bytes for Unicode)
Tab (HT/TAB), same as \x09
Newline (NL), same as \x0a
Carriage return (CR), same as \x0d
Form feed (FF), same as \x0c
Alarm (bell) (BEL), same as \x07
Escape (ESC), same as \x1b

Examples:
ER

Matches

foo\x20bar
\tfoobar

foo bar (note space in the middle)
foobar predefined by tab

Character Classes
You can specify a character class by enclosing a list of characters in [],
which will match any one character from the list. If the first character after
the [ is ˆ, the class matches any character not in the list.
Examples:
ER
foob[aeiou]r
foob[ˆaeiou]r

Matches
foobar, foober, etc. But not foobbr, foobcr, etc
foobbr, foobcr, etc. But not foobar, foober, etc

Within a list, the - character is used to specify a range, so that a-z represents all characters between a and z, inclusive.
If you want - itself to be a member of a class, put it at the start or end of
the list, or escape it with a backslash. If you want ] you may place it at the
start of list or escape it with a backslash.
Examples:
ER
[-az]
[az-]
[a\-z]
[a-z]
[\n-\x0D]
[\d-t]
[]-a]

Matches
a, z and a, z and a, z and All twenty six small characters from a to z
Any of ASCII #10(Lf), #11, #12(Ff), #13(Cr)
Any digit, - or t
Any char from ]..a

3.13. REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
Metacharacters
Metacharacters are special characters which are the essence of regular
expressions. There are different types of metacharacters, described below.
Metacharacters - Line Separators:
ER
ˆ
$
\A
\Z
.

Description
Start of line
End of line
Start of text
End of text
Any character in line

Examples:
ER
ˆfoobar
foobar$
ˆfoobar$
foob.r

Matches
foobar only if it’s at the beginning of line
foobar only if it’s at the end of line
foobar only if it’s the only string in line
foobar, foobbr, foob1r and so on

The ˆ metacharacter by default is only guaranteed to match at the beginning of the input string/text, the $ metacharacter only at the end. Embedded line separators will not be matched by ˆ or $. You may, however, wish
to treat a string as a multi-line buffer, such that the ˆ will match after any
line separator within the string, and $ will match before any line separator.
You can do this by switching the modifier /m on.
The \A and \Z are just like ˆ and $, except that they won’t match multiple
times when the modifier /m is used, while ˆ and $ will match at every
internal line separator.
Metacharacters - Predefined Classes:
ER
\w
\W
\d
\D
\s
\S

Description
An alphanumeric character (including _)
A non alphanumeric character
A numeric character
A non-numeric character
Any space (same as [ \t\n\r\f])
A non space

You may use \w, \d and \s within custom character classes.

WORKING WITH

Examples:
ER
foob\dr
foob[\w\s]r

Matches
foob1r, foob6r and so on but not foobar, foobbr and so on
foobar, foob r, foobbr and so on but not foob1r, foob=r and so on

TRegExpr uses properties SpaceChars and WordChars to define character
classes \w, \W, \s, \S, so you can easily redefine it.
Metacharacters - Word Boundaries:
ER
\b
\B

Matches
A word boundary
A non-(word boundary)

A word boundary \b is a spot between two characters that has a \w on one
side of it and a \W on the other side of it (in either order), counting the
imaginary characters of the beginning and end of the string as matching
a \ W.
Metacharacters - Iterators:
Any item of a regular expression may be followed by another type of
metacharacters - iterators. Using this metacharacters you can specify
number of occurrences of the previous character, metacharacter or subexpression.
ER
*
+
?
{n}
{n,}
{n,m}
*?
+?
??
{n}?
{n,}?
{n,m}?

Matches
Zero or more ("greedy"), similar to {0,}
One or more ("greedy"), similar to {1,}
Zero or one ("greedy"), similar to {0,1}
Exactly n times ("greedy")
At least n times ("greedy")
At least n but not more than m times ("greedy")
At least n but not more than m times ("greedy")
At least n but not more than m times ("greedy")
Zero or one ("non-greedy"), similar to {0,1}?
Exactly n times ("non-greedy")
At least n times ("non-greedy")
At least n but not more than m times ("non-greedy")

So, digits in curly brackets of the form {n,m}, specify the minimum number of times to match the item n and the maximum m. The form {n} is
equivalent to {n,n} and matches exactly n times. The form {n,} matches
n or more times. There is no limit to the size of n or m, but large numbers
will chew up more memory and slow down r.e. execution.
If a curly bracket occurs in any other context, it is treated as a regular
character.

3.13. REGULAR EXPRESSIONS

Examples:
ER
foob.*r
foob.+r
foob.?r
fooba{2}r
fooba{2,}r
fooba{2,3}r

Matches
foobar, foobalkjdflkj9r and foobr
foobar, foobalkjdflkj9r but not foobr
foobar, foobbr and foobr but not foobalkj9r
foobaar
foobaar, foobaaar, foobaaaar, ...
foobaar, or foobaaar but not foobaaaar

A little explanation about greediness. Greedy takes as many as possible, non-greedy takes as few as possible. For example, b+ and b* applied
to string abbbbc return bbbb, b+? returns b, b*? returns empty string,
b{2,3}? returns bb, b{2,3} returns bbb.
Metacharacters - Alternatives:
You can specify a series of alternatives for a pattern using | to separate
them, so that fee|fie|foe will match any of fee, fie, or foe in the target
string (as would f(e|i|o)e). The first alternative includes everything from
the last pattern delimiter ((, [, or the beginning of the pattern) up to the
first |, and the last alternative contains everything from the last | to the
next pattern delimiter. For this reason, it’s common practice to include
alternatives in parentheses, to minimize confusion about where they start
and end.
Alternatives are tried from left to right, so the first alternative found for
which the entire expression matches, is the one that is chosen. This means
that alternatives are not necessarily greedy. For example: when matching
foo|foot against barefoot, only the foo part will match, as that is the first
alternative tried, and it successfully matches the target string. (This might
not seem important, but it is important when you are capturing matched
text using parentheses).
Also remember that | is interpreted as a literal within square brackets, so
if you write [fee|fie|foe]. You’re really only matching [feio|].
Examples:
ER
foo(bar|foo)

Matches
foobar or foofoo

Metacharacters - Subexpressions:
The bracketing construct ( ... ) may also be used to define r.e. subexpressions (after parsing, you can find subexpression positions, lengths and
actual values in MatchPos, MatchLen and Match properties of TRegExpr,

WORKING WITH

and substitute it in clip strings by TRegExpr.Substitute).
Subexpressions are numbered based on the left to right order of their
opening parenthesis. First subexpression has number 1 (whole r.e. match
has number 0 - you can substitute it in TRegExpr. Substitute as $0 or $&).
Examples:
ER
(foobar){8,10}
foob([0-9]|a+)r
(abc(def)ghi(123))xzy

Matches
Strings which contain 8, 9 or 10 instances of the foobar
foob0r, foob1r , foobar, foobaar, foobaar, ...
abcdefghi123xyz (the only match)

Then backreferences:
ER
\1
\2
\3
\0

Description
= abcdefghi123
=def
=123
=abcdefghi123xyz (the whole match)

We could find the same string using metacharacter Iterators with: (\w{3}([df]{3})...(\d*))xyz and the backreferences would have the same values. And yet the pattern would also match: 123fdd@#$4444xyz, bbbeeeabc1234567xyz, ddddddaaaxyz.
Metacharacters - Backreferences:
Metacharacters \1 through \9 are interpreted as backreferences in the
Search text box. When used outside of the regular expression, such as in
the Replace text field, metacharacters $1 through $9 are interpreted as
backreferences to the last find.
\ matches previously matched subexpression #.
Find Examples:
ER
(.)\1+
(.+)\1+
([’"]?)(\d+)\1

Matches
aaaa and cc
abab and 123123
"13"(in double quotes), or ’4’ (in single quotes) or 77 (without quotes), ...

Replace Examples: Date format change from dd.mm.yyyy to yyyy-mm-dd.
This will turn the European date style 26.8.1994 or 26/8/1994 into
1994-8-26. Search: ([0-9]{1,2}).([0-9]{1,2}).([0-9]{4}) Replace:
$3-$2-$1 Make sure you check the box for Regular Expression.

3.13. REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
Regular Expression Tutorials
The following is a list of a few sites that contain tutorials on both regular
expressions in general and their use in specific languages:
• General Tutorial
• Regular Expressions - User guide
• Regular Expression HOWTO
• Perl Regular Expressions
• Regular Expression Basic Syntax Reference

CHAPTER 4

MENU DESCRIPTION
This chapter provides information about the main menu for Tinn-R.

101

102
4.1

MENU DESCRIPTION
FILE

Option
New
Template
Open
Open all recent files
Recent files
Reload
Save
Save as
Save all
Close
Close all
Print
Copy full path to clipboard
Exit

Description
Creates a new file
See options ...
Opens selected file as text
Opens all files from the Most Recently Used (MRU) file list
Displays a Most Recently Used (MRU) file list. Selecting one of
the displayed files will open that file
Reloads the current files to the last saved status
Saves the current file. If the file has not been previously saved
then the ’File Save As’ dialog will open first
Saves the current file with a new name
Saves all changed files. If a file has not been previously saved
the ’File Save As’ dialog will open first
Closes the current file. If the file has not been saved you will be
prompted to save it
Closes all files including projects
Will open a Tinn-R dialog allowing settings and actions associated with the current file
See options ...
Exits the application

Template

Option
R script
R doc
R html
R markdown
R noweb

Description
Creates a R script template
See options ...
Creates a R html template
Creates a R markdown template
Creates a R noweb template

4.1. FILE

103

R doc

Option
Function
Dataset
Empty

Description
Creates a R doc function template
Creates a R doc dataset template
Creates a R doc empty template

Copy full path to clipboard

Option
Unix mode ../..
Windows mode ..\..

Description
Copy full path of current file to clipboard in Unix mode ../..
Copy full path of current file to clipboard Windows mode ..\..

104
4.2

MENU DESCRIPTION
PROJECT

Option
Project
Group(s)
File(s)
Recent
Edit (as text file)
Reload (from text file)

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
The option will display a Most Recently Used (MRU) project file list.
Selecting one of the displayed files will open that file
Opens the textual description of the project for editing
Reloads the graphical project interface from the textual description
of the project

Project

Option
New
Open
Open demo
Save
Save as
Close project
Delete current

Description
Creates new project. If you have an open unsaved project you will be
prompted to save the project file
Opens existing project and restores the project’s state
Opens existing demo project and restores the project’s state
Saves the project file
Saves the current file with a new name
This option will close any files that are in a virtual folder
This option will delete the virtual folder of the current project

4.2. PROJECT

105

Group(s)

Option
New
Rename
Delete current
Delete all
Expand all
Collapse all

Description
Creates a new group of current project
Renames a selected group of current project
Removes the selected group from the current project
Removes all groups from the current project
Expands all groups of the current project in the graphical interface
Collapses all groups of the current project in the graphical interface

File(s)

Option
Open all (project)
Close all (project)
Open all (selected group)
Close all (selected group)
Add
Add current
Remove all (project)
Remove all (selected group)
Remove
Copy full path to clipboard

Description
Opens all files of a project
Closes all files of a project
Opens all files of a selected group
Closes all files of a selected group
Opens the windows interface to select file(s) and add the selected(s) files to a selected group
Add the current file to the selected group
Removes all files from the project
Removes all files from the selected group
Removes selected file
Copies the full path of selected files to the clipboard

106
4.3

MENU DESCRIPTION
EDIT

Option
Undo
Redo
Copy
Cut
Paste
Copy formatted (to export)
Select all
Comment
Uncomment firsts occurrence
Uncomment all occurrence

Description
Undoes the last action
Re-applies any actions undone using the Undo option
Copies the selected text and places it in the Windows clipboard
Cuts the selected text and places it in the Windows clipboard
Places any text in the Windows clipboard at position indicated by the cursor within the file
See options ...
Selects the whole text contained in the file
Adds comments to selected line(s)
Removes the first occurrence from a comment in the selected line(s)
Removes all occurrences from a comment in the selected
line(s)

Copy formatted (to export)

Option
RTF
HTML
TeX

Description
Copies the selected text and places it in the Windows clipboard in Rtf
format
Copies the selected text and places it in the Windows clipboard in Html
format
Copies the selected text and places it in the Windows clipboard in TeX
format

4.4. FORMAT
4.4

107

FORMAT

Option
Selection
Word
Format R (file or selection)
Encoding
EOL (line ending)
UTF-8 (special case)

Description
See options ...
See options ...
Reformat a whole file or selection by using formatR package
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

Selection

Option
Indent
Unindent
Uppercase selection
Lowercase selection
Invert selection

Description
Indents selected line(s)
Unindents selected line(s)
Converts selected text into upper case
Converts selected text into lower case
Inverts the case of all selected text

Word

Option
Uppercase word
Lowercase word
Invert case

Description
Converts the word under the cursor to upper case
Converts the word under the cursor to lower case
Inverts the case of the word under the cursor

108

MENU DESCRIPTION

Encoding

Option
Default (new files)
Convert (current to)

Description
See options ...
See options ...

Default (new files)

Option
ANSI
UTF-8
UTF16-LE
UTF16-BE

Description
Sets encoding to ANSI
Sets encoding to UTF-8
Sets encoding to UTF16-LE
Sets encoding to UTF16-BE

Convert (current to)

Option
ANSI
UTF-8
UTF16-LE
UTF16-BE

Description
Converts current encoding to ANSI
Converts current encoding to UTF-8
Converts current encoding to UTF16-LE
Converts current encoding to UTF16-BE

EOL (line ending)

Option
Default (new files)
Convert (current to)

Description
See options ...
See options ...

4.4. FORMAT

109

Default (new files)

Option
WIN (CR+LF)
MAC (CR)
UNIX (LF)

Description
WIN (CR+LF)
MAC (CR)
UNIX (LF)

Convert (current to)

Option
WIN (CR+LF)
MAC (CR)
UNIX (LF)

Description
Convert to WIN (CR+LF)
Convert to MAC (CR)
Convert to UNIX (LF)

UTF-8 (special case)

Option
Apply to open ANSI files
Always add the BOM

Description
ANSI files without any special characters it will be always
reconized as UTF-8 encoding
When saving it will be always added the BOM

110
4.5

MENU DESCRIPTION
MARKS

Option
Block
Unmark all

Description
See options ...
Unmarks all marks of the current file

Block

Option
Mark
Unmark

Description
Marks selected block: 0 to begin and 1 to end
Unmarks any previous marked block. It is not necessary to select the marked
block

4.6. INSERT
4.6

111

INSERT

Option
R (assignment)
LaTeX
Completion
Date / Time stamp

Description
See options ...
See options ...
Insert the completion
Inserts the current system time and date

R (assignment)

Option
<->

Description
Insert left assignment
Insert right assignment

Latex

Option
Math
Header
Format
Font

Math

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

112

Option
Dimensional
frac{}{}
sqrt{}
sqrt[]{}

MENU DESCRIPTION

Description
Opens a dialog box to insert a dimensional element: Array, Matrix, Tabular or
Tabbing
Inserts frac{}{}. If there are two selected elements, for example 1 2, it will
place both elements in the correct position, i.e, frac{1}{2}
Inserts sqrt{}. If an element is selected, say 9, it will place this element in the
correct position, i.e, sqrt{9}
Inserts sqrt[]{}. If there are two selected elements, for example 3 27, it will
place both in the correct position, i.e, sqrt[3]{27}

4.6. INSERT

113

Header

Option
Part
Chapter
Section
Sub-section
Sub-sub-section
Paragraph
Sub-paragraph

Description
Inserts \part{} if no selection or \part{selected}
Inserts \chapter{} if no selection or \chapter{selected}
Inserts \section{} if no selection or \section{selected}
Inserts \subsection{} if no selection or \subsection{selected}
Inserts \subsubsection{} if no selection or \subsubsection{selected}
Inserts \paragraph{} if no selection or \paragraph{selected}
Inserts \subparagraph{} if no selection or \subparagraph{selected}

Format

Option
Itemization
Enumeration
Left
Center
Right

Description
Inserts itemization or itemizes a selection
Inserts enumeration or enumerates a selection
Inserts tag to align the text on the left or to align the selection on the left
Inserts tag to align the text on the center or to centralize the selection
Inserts tag to align the text right or to align the selection on the right

114

MENU DESCRIPTION

Font

Option
Enphase
Bold
Italic
Slatend
Typewriter
Small caps
Tiny
Script size
Footnote size
Small
Normal
Large
Larger
Largest
Huge
Huger

Description
Inserts \emph{} if no selection or \emph{selected}
Inserts \textbf{} if no selection or \textbf{selected}
Inserts \textit{} if no selection or \textit{selected}
Inserts \textsl{} if no selection or \textsl{selected}
Inserts \texttt{} if no selection or \texttt{selected}
Inserts \textsc{} if no selection or \textsc{selected}
Inserts {\tiny {}} if no selection or {\tiny {selected}}
Inserts {\scriptsize {}} if no selection or {\scriptsize {selected}}
Inserts {\footnotesize {}} if no selection or {\footnotesize {selected}}
Inserts {\small {}} if no selection or {\small {selected}}
Inserts {\normalsize {}} if no selection or {\normalsize {selected}}
Inserts {\large {}} if no selection or {\large {selected}}
Inserts {\Large {}} if no selection or {\Large {selected}}
Inserts {\LARGE {}} if no selection or {\LARGE {selected}}
Inserts {\huge {}} if no selection or {\huge {selected}}
Inserts {\Huge {}} if no selection or {\Huge {selected}}

4.7. SEARCH
4.7

115

Option
Find
Find again

Search in files
Replace
Go to

Description
Opens the Find dialog
Uses the previously entered search criteria to find the next occurrence, i.e,
one closer to the end of the file. This option is not available if a search has
not been carried out.
Opens the Search in files dialog
Opens the Replace dialog
This option produces the dialog below and allows you to move the cursor to
the specified position

116
4.8

MENU DESCRIPTION
OPTIONS

Option
Application
Shortcuts
Highlighters (settings)
Syntax (highlighters)
File (open maximized)
R echo (on/off )
Rgui focus (return to editor)
On top
Read only
Auto completion
Enable notification
Update silenty
Selection mode

Description
Opens the Application options dialog
Opens the Shortcuts customization dialog
Opens the Highlighters (settings) dialog
See options ...
When this option is set all files will be opened maximized
Toggles R echo option (file, selection, clipboard, block, contiguous
and lines to end page)
When this option is set the focus will go back to the active editor
after any Send or Control action
Toggles Tinn-R’s ability to be the topmost window on the desktop
Toggles file read-only status. When set as read-only the file name
on the file tab is among <...>
Toggles auto completion resource
Toggles file notification resource
Toggles update silenty resource
See options ...

Syntax (highlighter)

Option
Set
Default (to new files)

Description
See options ...
See options ...

4.8. OPTIONS

117

Set

Option
All
Assembly x86
Bath MS_DOS
C#
C/C++
CSS
Fortran
Haskell
HTML
HTML complex
INI
Java
JavaScript
Object Pascal
Perl
PHP
PHP complex
Python
R
R complex
R doc
R html
R markdown
R noweb
Ruby
SQL
Structured Text
TclTk
TeX
Text
URI
MS VBScript
Visual Basic
XML

Description
File without extension or not recognized extension
x86 Assembly files
MS_DOS Bath files
C# files
C/C++ files
Cascading SS files
Fortran files
Haskell files
Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) files
Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) complex (HTML & JavaScript) files
INI files
Java files
JavaScript files
Pascal files
Perl files
PHP files
PHP (HTML & JavaScript & PHP) complex files
Python files
R files
R complex (R & URI) files
Rd files
Rhtml files
Rmd files
R noweb (TeX & R) files
Ruby files
SQL files
Structured Text files
TclTk files
TeX files
Text files
Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI) files
MS VBScript files
Visual Basic files
XML files

If necessary select manually one of the list. Tinn-R recognizes automatically the syntax based on the file extensions.

118

MENU DESCRIPTION

Default (to new files)

Option
R
R complex
Text

Description
When this option is set the highlighter of all new files will be set as R
When this option is set the highlighter of all new files will be set as R complex
When this option is set the highlighter of all new files will be set as Text

Selection mode

Option
Normal
Line
Column

Description
See selection type normal ...
See selection type line ...
See selection type column ...

4.9. TOOLS
4.9

119

TOOLS

Option
Processing
Database
Backup
Restore
Macro
ASCII chart
Differences
Spell
Sort
Count
Match bracket

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
Allows you to insert an active char to the active document
Opens the nice TextDiff command by Angus Johnson integrated within TinnR
Starts the speller (see instructions ...)
See options ...
Shows the result of the count action (words, characters + spaces, character spaces and spaces) for files or a text selection
Search for matching bracket. See details below

How to match: The cursor must be placed immediately before any of the
bracket characters. When this option is called the cursor will move
to the point immediately before the matching bracket.
Recognized brackets: The bracket characters are (), [] and {}.
Processing

Option
Conversion
Compilation (LaTeX)
Viewer

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

120

MENU DESCRIPTION

Conversion

Option
Deplate to
Pandoc
Txt2tags to

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

Deplate to

Option
LaTeX
LaYeX-dramatist
Sweave
Plain
HTML
HTML site
HTML slides
XHTML 1.0 transitional (xhtml10t)
XHTML 1.1 with MathML (xhtml11m)
PHP
Dbk-article
Dbk-book
Dbk-ref

Tip: see details ...

Description
Converts a Deplate file to LaTeX
Converts a Deplate file to LaTeX-dramatist
Converts a Deplate file to Sweave
Converts a Deplate file to Plain
Converts a Deplate file to HTML
Converts a Deplate file to HTML site
Converts a Deplate file to HTML slides
Converts a Deplate file to XHTML 1.0 transitional
Converts a Deplate file to XHTML 1.1 with
MathML
Converts a Deplate file to PHP
Converts a Deplate file to Dbk-article
Converts a Deplate file to Dbk-book
Converts a Deplate file to Dbk-ref

4.9. TOOLS
Pandoc

Tip: see details ...

121

122

MENU DESCRIPTION

Txt2tags to

Option
LaTeX
Sweave
Txt
HTML
XHTML
SGML
Lout
Man page
Wikipedia
Google code wiki
Doku wiki
Moinmoin
Magic point
Page maker

Description
Converts a Txt2tags file into LaTeX
Converts a Txt2tags file into Sweave
Converts a Txt2tags file into txt
Converts a Txt2tags file into HTML
Converts a Txt2tags file into XHTML
Converts a Txt2tags file into SGML
Converts a Txt2tags file into Lout
Converts a Txt2tags file into Man page
Converts a Txt2tags file into Wikipedia
Converts a Txt2tags file into Google code wiki
Converts a Txt2tags file into Doku wiki
Converts a Txt2tags file into Moinmoin
Converts a Txt2tags file into Magic point
Converts a Txt2tags file into Page maker

Tip: see details ...
Compilation (LaTeX)

Option
Always shows console minimized
when compiling
DVI (single)
DVI (bibtex)
PDF (single)
PDF (bibtex)
Make index (makeindex)

Description
When this option is set the DOS console will be minimized when compiling
Compiles a LaTeX file to DVI in single way
Compiles a LaTeX file to DVI in bibtex way (three compilation)
Compiles a LaTeX file to PDF in single way
Compiles a LaTeX file to PDF in bibtex way (three compilation)

4.9. TOOLS

123

Viewer

Option
DVI
PDF
HTML
Open current file (generic)

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

DVI

Option
Open always after compilation (option)
Open file

Description
When this option is set the DVI file will be
opened by the viewer after the compilation
Shows the Windows Open dialog to select a
DVI file to be opened by the viewer

PDF

Option
Open always after compilation (option)
Open file

Description
When this option is set the PDF file will be
opened by the viewer after the compilation
Shows the Windows Open dialog to select a
DVI file to be opened by the viewer

HTML

Option
Open always after conversion (option)
Open current file
Open file

Description
When this option is set the HTML file will be
opened by the viewer after the conversion
Opens the current HTML file with the viewer
Shows the Windows Open dialog to select a
HTML file to be opened by the viewer

124

MENU DESCRIPTION

Database

Option
Shortcuts
Completion
Comments
Card (R)
Mirrors (R)

Description
Shows Shortcuts database (XML based) dialog
Shows Completion database (XML based) dialog
Shows Comments database (XML based) dialog
Shows R card database (XML based) dialog
Shows R mirrors database (XML based) dialog

Backup

Option
System configuration
Database

Description
Backups Tinn-R configuration (ini files)
Backups database (Cachexml, Comments.xml, Completions.xml,
Rcard.xml, Rmirrors.xml and Shortcuts.xml)

Restore

Option
System configuration
Database

Description
Restores a prior Tinn-R backup (ini files)
Restores a prior database backup (Cachexml, Comments.xml, Completions.xml, Rcard.xml, Rmirrors.xml and Shortcuts.xml)

Macro

Option
Record
Play

Description
Toggles macro recording on and off. Note that when recording a
macro the button changes
Plays a previous recorded macro

It is not possible to save/edit macros, they are temporary

4.9. TOOLS

125

Sort

Option
Strings
Numbers
Dates

Description
Sorts strings
Sorts numbers
Sorts dates

Sort works on the entire document unless some text is selected

126
4.10

MENU DESCRIPTION
R

Option
Set .trPaths (temporarily)

Get info (R and TinnRcom)
Update mirrors
Rterm
Send
Control
Hotkeys (operational system)

Description
Sets (temporarily) the necessary .trPaths object in R environment This object provided by TinnRcom package.
This option is useful only if the user can not, for some
reason, install the TinnRcom package
Get information about R and the necessary TinnRcom
package
Updates the Rmirrors.xml file
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
Shows Tinn-R hotkeys (related with the operational
system) dialog. See Hotkeys (operational system) ...

Start/close and connections

Option
Rterm (start/close)
Rgui (start/close)
Server (connections and tests)

Description
Starts and Closes Rterm interface
Starts and Closes Rgui application
Opens the dialog R server: connections and tests

Tip: the Server (connections and tests) dialog allows you to test the TCP/IP
communication protocols used to establish a communication between R
and Tinn-R.

4.10. R

127

Rterm

Option
Rterm (show/hide)
File
Clear
Focus
Size
Split
Highlighter
Line wrap
History
Workspace
Font of active control (not permanent)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Rterm interface
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

File

Option
IO
LOG

Description
See options ...
See options ...

File IO

Option
Save
Save as
Print

Description
Saves the content of the IO interface
Saves the content of the IO interface as a new file
Opens the Tinn-R print dialog with the content from the IO interface

128

MENU DESCRIPTION

File LOG

Option
Save
Save as
Print

Description
Saves the content of the LOG interface
Saves as the content of the LOG interface
Opens the Tinn-R print dialog with content from LOG interface

Clear

Option
IO
LOG
IO and LOG

Description
Clear IO
Clear LOG
Clear IO and LOG

Focus

Option
Editor
IO
LOG

Description
Places the focus inside of the editor
Places the focus inside of the IO
Places the focus inside of the LOG

Size

Option
Rterm (maximize)
Rterm (divide)
Rterm (minimize)

Description
Maximizes the Rterm interface
Divides the Rterm interface
Minimizes the Rterm interface

4.10. R

129

Split

Option
Horizontal split (IO and LOG in the same view)
Vertical split (IO and LOG in the same view)
Remove split (IO and LOG in distinct view)

Description
Splits horizontally the Rterm interface placing IO and LOG on the
same view
Splits vertically the Rterm interface placing IO and LOG on the same
view
Removes split placing IO and LOG in distinct view

Highlighter

Option
IO
LOG

Description
See options ...
See options ...

Highlighter IO

Option
Text
Text (no multline string)
R
R (no multline string)

Description
Sets the IO highlighter to Text
Sets the IO highlighter to Text without string multline suport
Sets the IO highlighter to R
Sets the IO highlighter to R without string multline suport

Highlighter LOG

Option
Text
Text (no multline string)
R
R (no multline string)

Description
Sets the LOG highlighter to Text
Sets the LOG highlighter to Text without string multline suport
Sets the LOG highlighter to R
Sets the LOG highlighter to R without string multline suport

130

MENU DESCRIPTION

Line wrap

Option
IO
LOG

Description
Sets line wrap to IO
Sets line wrap to LOG

History

Option
Save
Load
Prior
Next

Description
Saves the history
Loads the history
Prior section of the history
Next section of the history

Workspace

Option
Save
Load

Description
Saves the workspace
Loads the workspace

Font of active control (not permanent)

Option
Increase
Decrease

Description
Increase the font size
Decrease the font size

4.10. R

131

Send

Option
File
Selection
Clipboard
Marked block
Contiguous
Smart
Line
Lines to end page
Cursor to beginning line
Cursor to end line
Sweave
Knitr

Description
Sends current file to R interpreter
Sends current selection to R interpreter
Sends the clipboard content to R interpreter
Sends current marked block to R interpreter
Sends contiguous lines to R interpreter
Sends complete instruction blocks when the cursor is
located in a complex context
Sends current line to R interpreter echoing it
Sends all visible lines to end page echoing it
Sends cursor position to beginning line
Sends cursor position to end line
Sends to R interpreter Sweave(’Active file’) instruction
See options ...

Knitr

Option
Knit to LaTeX (Rnw)
Knit to HTML (Rmd, Rhtml)

Description
Knit the *.Rnw file to LATEX
Knit the *.Rmd or *.Rhtml file to HTML

132

MENU DESCRIPTION

Control

Option
Set work directory (current file path)
List all objects
Print content (selected)
List names (selected)
List structure (selected)
Edit (selected)
Fix (selected)
Plot (selected)
Clear console
Close all graphic devices
Remove all objects
Clear all
Escape
Help (selected)
Example (selected)
Open example (selected)

Description
Sets the work directory of the R interpreter to the current file path
Sends to R interpreter a ls() instruction
Sends to R interpreter a selected word
Sends to R interpreter a names(selected) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a str(selected) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a edit(selected) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a fix(selected) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a plot(selected) instruction
Sends and executes the virtual CTRL + L (clear screen) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a graphics.off() instruction
Sends to R interpreter a rm(list=ls()) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a graphics.off(); rm(list=ls()) CTRL + L instructions
Stops all computations in Rgui
Sends to R interpreter a help(selected) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a example(selected) instruction
Sends to R interpreter an instruction to generate an example text file of the object

Help
Packages
TCP/IP connection

Sends to R interpreter a help.start(update=FALSE) instruction
See options ...
Sends
to
R
interpreter
an
instruction
to
start:
startSocketServer(port=portnumber) or stop: startSocketServer(port=portnumber)
the TCP/IP connection

selected

4.10. R

133

Packages

Option
Install
Install (from local zip)
Install (TinnRcom)
Load (TinnRcom)
Installed
Load
New
Remove
Update
Status

Description
Sends to R interpreter an utils:::menuInstallPkgs() instruction
Sends to R interpreter a utils:::menuInstallLocal() instruction
Sends to R interpreter instruction to install TinnRcom package and its dependecies. By default it
is not necessary since the TinnRcom package is automatically installed
Sends to R interpreter an library(TinnRcom) instruction. By default it is not necessary since the
TinnRcom package is automatically loaded when R starts
Sends to R interpreter a installed.packages() instruction
Sends to R interpreter a local({pkg <- select.list(sort(.packages(all.available =
TRUE))); if(nchar(pkg)) library(pkg, character.only=TRUE)}) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a new.packages() instruction
Sends to R interpreter a local({pkg <- select.list(sort(.packages(all.available =
TRUE))); if(nchar(pkg)) remove.packages(pkg)}) instruction
Sends to R interpreter an update.packages(ask=’graphics’) instruction
Sends to R interpreter a packageStatus() instruction

134
4.11

MENU DESCRIPTION
VIEW

Option
R
Tools
Toolsbar
Tabs
Organize screen (Tinn-R/Rgui)
Tools (show/hide)
Tools (maximize)
Tools (divide)
Tools (minimize)
Rterm (show/hide)
Rterm (maximize)
Rterm (divide)
Rterm (minimize)
Line wrap (show/hide)
Gutter (show/hide)
Line numbers (show/hide)
Special characters (show/hide)
Status bar (show/hide)
Split
Font of active control (not permanent)

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
Organizes the screen (Tinn-R and Rgui) according to the user set. See options ...
Toggles (show/hide) Tools interface
Maximizes the Tools interface
Divides the Tools interface
Minimizes the Tools interface
Toggles (show/hide) Rterm interface
Maximizes the Rterm interface
Splits the Rterm interface
Minimizes the Rterm interface
See options ...
Toggles (show/hide) gutter
Toggles (show/hide) line numbers
Toggles (show/hide) special characters
Toggles (show/hide) status bar
See options ...
See options ...

Option
Organize screen (Tinn-R/Rgui)
Rterm

Description
Organizes the screen (Tinn-R and Rgui) according to
the user set. See options ...
See options ...

4.11. VIEW

135

Rterm

Option
Rterm (show/hide)
Size
Split
Highlighter
Line wrap
Font of active control (not permanent)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Rterm interface
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

Size

Option
Rterm (maximize)
Rterm (divide)
Rterm (minimize)

Description
Maximizes the Rterm interface
Splits the Rterm interface
Minimizes the Rterm interface

Split

Option
Horizontal split (IO and LOG in the same view)

Vertical split (IO and LOG in the same view)

Remove split (IO and LOG in distinct view)

Description
Horizontally splits the Rterm interface placing IO and LOG in the same
view
Vertically splits the Rterm interface
placing IO and LOG in the same
view
Removes split placing IO and LOG
in distinct view

136

MENU DESCRIPTION

Highlighter

Option
IO
LOG

Description
See options ...
See options ...

Highlighter IO

Option
Text
Text (no multline string)
R
R (no multline string)

Description
Sets the IO highlighter to Text
Sets the IO highlighter to Text without string multline suport
Sets the IO highlighter to R
Sets the IO highlighter to R without string multline suport

Highlighter LOG

Option
Text
Text (no multline string)
R
R (no multline string)

Description
Sets the LOG highlighter to Text
Sets the LOG highlighter to Text without string multline suport
Sets the LOG highlighter to R
Sets the LOG highlighter to R without string multline suport

Line wrap

Option
IO
LOG

Description
Sets Line wrap to IO
Sets Line wrap to LOG

Font of active control (not permanent)

4.11. VIEW

Option
Increase
Decrease

137

Description
Increase font size
Decrease font size

Tools

Option
Tools (show/hide)
Size
Resources

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Tools interface
See options ...
See options ...

Size

Option
Tools (maximize)
Tools (divide)
Tools (minimize)

Description
Maximizes the Tools interface
Divides the Tools interface
Minimizes the Tools interface

Resources

Option
Misc
Markup
Results
Shortcuts (show/hide)
Spell (show/hide)
Database
R

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
Toggles (show/hide) Shortcuts tab of Tools interface
Toggles (show/hide) Spell tab of Tools interface
See options ...
See options ...

138

MENU DESCRIPTION

Misc

Option
Misc (show/hide)
Windows expl. (show/hide)
Work expl. (show/hide)
Project (show/hide)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Misc tab of Tools interface
Toggles (show/hide) Windows expl. tab of Misc
Toggles (show/hide) Work expl. tab of Misc
Toggles (show/hide) Project tab of Misc

Markup

Option
Markup (show/hide)
Txt2tags (show/hide)
LaTeX (show/hide)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Markup tab of Tools interface
Toggles (show/hide) Txt2tags tab of Markup
Toggles (show/hide) LaTeX tab of Markup

Results

Option
Results (show/hide)
Ini lOG (show/hide)
Search (show/hide)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Results tab of Tools interface
Toggles (show/hide) Ini lOG tab of Results
Toggles (show/hide) Search tab of Results

Database

Option
Database (show/hide)
Shortcuts (show/hide)
Completion (show/hide)
Comments (show/hide)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Database tab of Tools interface
Toggles (show/hide) Shortcuts tab of Database
Toggles (show/hide) Completion tab of Database
Toggles (show/hide) Comments tab of Database

4.11. VIEW

139

Option
R (show/hide)
Explorer (show/hide)
Card (show/hide)
Mirrors (show/hide)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) R tab of Tools interface
Toggles (show/hide) Explorer tab of R
Toggles (show/hide) Rcard tab of Database
Toggles (show/hide) R mirrors tab of Database

Toolbars

Option
All bars (show/hide)
Edit (show/hide)
File (show/hide)
Filter (show/hide)
Format (show/hide)
Macro (show/hide)
Misc (show/hide)
Processing (show/hide)
R (show/hide)
Search (show/hide)
Spell (show/hide)
Syntax (show/hide)
View (show/hide)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) All bars tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Edit tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) File tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Filter tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Format tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Macro tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Misc tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Processing tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) R tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Search tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Spell tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) Syntax tab of Tools bar interface
Toggles (show/hide) View tab of Tools bar interface

Tabs

Option
Files
Tools
Rterm

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

140

MENU DESCRIPTION

Files

Option
Tabs (show/hide)
Top
Bottom

Description
Toogles(show/hide) the main Tabs
Shows the main Tabs on top
Shows the main Tabs on bottom

Tools

Option
Left
Top
Right
Bottom

Description
Shows the Tools Tabs on left
Shows the Tools Tabs on top
Shows the Tools Tabs on right
Shows the Tools Tabs on bottom

Rterm

Option
Left
Top
Right
Bottom

Description
Shows the Rterm Tabs on left
Shows the Rterm Tabs on top
Shows the Rterm Tabs on right
Shows the Rterm Tabs on bottom

Line wrap

Option
Editor (show/hide)
Rterm/IO (show/hide)
Rterm/LOG (show/hide)

Description
Toggles (show/hide) Editor line wrap
Toggles (show/hide) Rterm/IO line wrap
Toggles (show/hide) Rterm/LOG line wrap

4.11. VIEW

141

Split

Option
Horizontal
Vertical
Remove

Description
Horizontally splits the editor
Vertically splits the editor
Removes split

Font of active control (not permanent)

Option
Increase
Decrease

Description
Increase font size
Decrease font size

142
4.12

MENU DESCRIPTION
WINDOW

Option
Tile vertically
Tile horizontally
Minimize all
Cascade
Arrange icons

Files opened

Description
Shows two views of the same file tiled vertically, to the left and right.
Each can be scrolled independently
Shows two views of the same file tiled horizontally, one above the
other. Each can be scrolled independently
Minimizes all windows (editor)
The windows cascade from the upper left to the lower right of the
workspace
Windows are tiled horizontally, but the active document comes on
top. You may also drag your document tabs to the order you prefer
and then tile them horizontally
If many files are opened, a dialog will be open to select a file

4.13. WEB
4.13

143

WEB

Option
R (search)
R (information)
R (Editors, GUIs and IDEs)
Statistics
Processing

Description
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...
See options ...

R (search)

Option
Selected text
Help for R (Jonathan Baron)
Mailing list archives
Nabble
R-help mailing list information
RSeek
Site search

Description
See options ...
Opens URL Help for R
Opens URL R mailing lists archive
See options ...
Opens URL r-help
Opens URL R Seek
Opens URL R Site Search

Selected text

Option
Google
Site search

Description
Opens URL Google and lists the results associated with the word
under the cursor or selected text
Opens URL R Site Search and lists the results associated with the
word under the cursor or selected text

144

MENU DESCRIPTION

Nabble

Option
R forum
R-br forum

Description
Opens URL R forum
Opens URL R-br forum

R (information)

Option
Bioconductor
CRAN
MRAN
News
Omega
Task views
Web site
Statistical with R
R tutorial

Description
Opens URL Bioconductor project
Opens URL The Comprehensive R Archive Network
Opens URL Microsoft R Application Network
Opens URL R News
Opens URL The Omega Project for Statistical Computing
Opens URL CRAN Task Views
Opens URL The R Project for Statistical Computing
Opens URL Statistical with R
Opens URL R tutorial

R (Editors, Gui’s and IDEs)

Option
R Comander
RStudio
RTVS
ESS
Nvim-R
Tinn-R

Description
Opens URL The R Commander: A Basic-Statistics GUI for R
Opens URL RStudio
Opens URL R Tools for Visual Studio
Opens URL Emacs Speaks Statistics (ESS)
Opens URL Nvim-R: Plugin to work with R
See options ...

4.13. WEB

145

Tinn-R

Option
Web page
SourceForge (repository)
SciViews (old web page)

Description
Opens URL Web page of Tinn-R project
Opens URL Sourceforge.net Tinn-R
Opens URL SciViews Tinn-R

Statistics

Option
Virtual laboratories
Electronic Textbook StatSoft
HyperStat Text Book
JSS
R Journal

Description
See options ...
Opens URL Electronic Textbook StatSoft
Opens URL HyperStat Text Book
Opens URL Journal of Statistical Software
Opens URL R Journal

Virtual laboratories

Option
Rice
Statistical Java
VESTAC
Virtual Laboratories in Probability and Statistics

Description
Opens URL Rice Virtual Lab in Statistics
Opens URL Statistical Java
Opens URL Java Applets for Visualization of Statistical Concepts
Opens URL Virtual Laboratories in Probability and Statistics

146

MENU DESCRIPTION

Processing

Option
Deplate
MikTeX
Pandoc
Txt2tags

Description
Opens URL Sourceforge.net Deplate
Opens URL MiKTeX project page
Opens URL Pandoc (a universal document converter)
Opens URL Txt2tags ONE source, MULTI targets

4.14. HELP
4.14

147

HELP

Option
User guide (PDF)
What is new (PDF)?
Some secrets for an eficient
use (PDF)
Check for update
User list (discussion group)
Ini files (path information)
Example of script (R)
Recognized words (R)
File conversion (introduction)
Citation (put on clipboard)
About

Description
Opens the User guide with the PDF viewer default
Opens the User guide with the PDF viewer default at What is new?
Opens the User guide with the PDF viewer default at Some secrets
for an eficient use
Opens an updater dialog
Opens URL Tinn-R Editor - GUI for R Language and Environment
user list
Displays a single dialog with the path information of ini files for
Tinn-R
Opens the file Tinn-r_example of script.r
Opens the file Tinn-R_recognized words.r
See options ...
Places a text containing the Tinn-R citation in the clipboard
Opens the dialog About

File conversion (introduction)

Option
Deplate
Pandoc
Txt2tags

Description
Opens the file deplate_intro.t2t
Opens the file pandoc.markdown
Opens the file txt2tags_intro.t2t

CHAPTER 5

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE
The idea behind this chapter is that it has contributions from multiple
users. If you find something that is not important but that you would like
to include here, please submit it to the project coordinator.

149

150
5.1

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE
INTRODUCTION

Let us assume that you are a basic user of R and you do not understand
the intricacies of computer languages and that you want to write and run
an R-script. The software providing an interface between R and the user
is called a user interface. If this interface also has graphical capabilities, it
is called a graphical user interface or GUI.
R running under Windows and Mac have a graphical interface (Rgui) that
allows you to submit your commands and see the respective results, but
that interface is a bit limited.
Many attempts have been made to provide R with a user friendly graphical
interface running on Windows. One of the most successful ones is Tinn-R,
which is arguably the most used "GUI" among R users on Windows.
A large number of Tinn-R users do not know how to improve its performance and their productivity, so this chapter is an attempt to help you to
make the most out of its features.
Let us start, then. After downloading Tinn-R from its main Web page or
Sourceforge, you should install and open the software.

5.2. AFTER INSTALLATION
5.2

AFTER INSTALLATION

At the top of the screen there is a Main menu (1) and two toolbars: the top
toolbar is the main toolbar (2) and the bottom task bar is the R toolbar (3).

If your version is the same or above 3.0.1.0, Tinn-R does not require any
special configuration. That is, the program is ready to be used. One important thing to be done before using it: set a R mirror as close as possible to
where you work. For that, first click on CTRL + F8. This opens the Tools
window, then click on R/Mirrors. Select the R mirror and push the button that shows an hourglass in the taskbar. The chosen repository will
be the new default for all actions dependent repository (install packages,
upgrade packages, etc).
The second step is connecting Tinn-R with R. Look at the R toolbar. Almost
at the right end you will see two icons together: one is the R symbol and
the second is like a green television screen:

The first connects Tinn-R to R Console (32 or 64 bit), also called Rgui, the
second with Rterm. With Tinn-R the Rgui should be used only when you
need heavy and intensive processing; otherwise, you should always use
Rterm, which is a lot more much friendly, having many editorial features
of Tinn-R editor. However it consumes more computer resources. Click
on that little screen as soon as the connection with R is made. That screen
will become red and Rterm will appear on a window by itself. You can
move that window across Tinn-R main window and dock it either at the
left, right or bottom side.
The best location will depend on the size of your computer screen. To do
so, just put the mouse on the blue strip at the top of Rterm window, click
the left button of the mouse and move. To dock it at either side just pull
it closer and closer to the chosen side and then, bingo, you will see how
it becomes when docked. We like to use Tinn-R with two monitors: the
editor docked in one and the Rterm (or Rgui) interface in other. It is a very
comfortable and productive arrangement. You should follow the same
procedure to dock the Tools window.
Since R computer language is an interpreted one, each command given
gets its answer right away, therefore the most used command in Tinn-R
is the send line which sends the command line to be interpreted by R.
You will see the answer to the command at Rterm or Rgui window. This
command appears at the bottom icon bar, the sixth box, the one with just
one line.

151

152

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE

You just have to click there and the line is sent to R. Even though this is a
nice way to do it, there is a faster way to send a line to R. First, click on R at
the Main menu and then on Hotkeys (operational system). On the open
window click on the line send line to select it. Then go to the top right
blank edit box, click there and then press (for example, Ctrl + \), then
click on the bottom bar the button Add and then click on active radio
button.

Now, whenever you press Ctrl + \ the line you are on is sent to R, it is
much faster than clicking with the mouse at the appropriate button and
has the advantage that you can send the line to R wherever is the focus of
your present work in your computer.
You can also turn on and off the hotkeys by clicking the hotkeys on the
status bar at the bottom of the Tinn-R screen.
Another important feature on the status bar is the smNormal (s=selection,
m=mode) box. This allows you to select a portion of a file. Selecting it will
change your options to smLine or smColumn. The latter is helpful since
it allows you to select columns within a file without having to carry the
whole line with it. Give it a try.

The first icons at the R task bar are related to different ways of sending
instructions: The whole file, selected parts, the clipboard content, block
marked, contiguous lines, single line, current line to bottom of page, parts
of a line, Sweave and Knitr. Those are helpful when you are dealing with
long scripts, and may very well enhance your programming efficiency.
Almost all of them have the option to send lines straight to R and with
(echo=TRUE) option.

5.2. AFTER INSTALLATION

153

154
5.3

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE
SHORTCUTS THAT CAN MAKE YOU LOSE THE VISIBILITY OF A RESOURCE

CRTL + ALT + V: Toggles the visibility for two main bars (Editor and R)
CTRL + F8
: Toggles the visibility for Tools window
CTRL + F9
: Toggles the viability for Rterm window

If a shortcut is accidentaly typed, just toggle it and the related resource
will be visible again.

5.4. I’M PANICKING: WHAT DO I DO?
5.4

I’M PANICKING: WHAT DO I DO?

First: don’t panic (it’s not good for your health)!
• Do not uninstall and reinstall Tinn-R or R unnecessarily. The origin of the problem (although rare) can be mainly the folder where
Tinn-R has installed its ini files (it does not use the windows registry).
For some reason, it was corrupted or damaged. The first step is to
know where Tinn-R stores these files: Help/Ini files (path information) will do the job for you. After that, close Tinn-R, rename
(or remove) this folder (it will be recreated after Tinn-R is restarted).
If this folder is not visible in your computer see useful links here.
• Feel free to write to the coordinator of the project. If you submit a
bug report, please provide as much detail as possible. This includes
indicating the Tinn-R version, your operating system (Windows XP,
Windows 7, etc) and language (English, French, Portuguese). If the
bug is related to an interface with R, indicate which version of R you
are using, as well as whether you are running Rterm or Rgui. You
should also add the content of the Tools/Results/Ini log interface
since this will help us to address the issue promptly.

155

156
5.5

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE
APPLICATION OPTIONS

General
At the main menu click on Options/Application. It will opens the window Options/Application/Main/General.

One important options here is the Computational syncronization (delay).
Several processes are dependent on synchronization between applications (R, converters, compilers). The optimal value of the delay is determined by the following characteristics: user habits, hardware and software
available. The ideal value is unique to the various possible combinations
of those three characteristics. Try to reduce to the minimum value (50
ms) and test it: if something does not work, increase it gradually and keep
testing until getting to the optimal value. The default value (100 ms) may
not be optimal for all users.

Appearance
At the Option window click on the tab Main/Appearance. You can choose
colors for each character’s foreground (FG) and background (BG) color.
The color pallet will open and you can then choose the appropriate color.
For people working extensive periods of time in front of a computer monitor, dark (or pale) colors with a low level of radiation are recommended
for background, obtaining a contrast with characters.

5.5. APPLICATION OPTIONS

Dock
The dock contains a button called Restore default. When clicked, every
time you start Tinn-R the Rterm and Tools windows will be at the default
position. You usually do not want to mark it as you will lose your customization. It is useful if any problem occurs with the resources (dock/hide and
place).

157

158

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE

Editor options

The first window showing up is the Display. When first glancing at the
editor window (where you type your scripts) you may have noticed a thin
vertical line which is located at exactly 80 characters (default) from the
beginning of each line. This is called the edge line. This line is very helpful
to have a standard width for your texts, mainly when you increase or
reduce the font size (CTRL + SHIFT + UP/DOWN) as you increase the font
the edge line keeps on moving to the right, so that you can adapt the edge
column to your preferred font size.

You may choose the font and the font size by clicking on font (Consolas
11pt is a nice option). Gutter is the space at extreme left of the editor, out
of the text window, where you may number the lines of your script, just
click at your choice.

For the other two choices, Advanced options and Keystrokes see Editor
options.

5.5. APPLICATION OPTIONS

R
The first tab (Path) shows the paths to Rterm.exe or Rgui.exe. You can
also choose whether Tinn-R gets the latest installed version of R or the
version you would like to use. If you have Windows 7 64 bit choose that
option located at the bottom of the window.

The next important tab is Rterm. The button Trying to find errors
(at the editor), yes means that errors in R syntax are searched within
the editor to find where the error shows up the first time within the script.
You will usually have to keep on clicking the F3 key until you find the error
position.

159

160

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE

Processing
The tab Processing allows you to set preferences related to processing,
namely text conversion and compilation. For example, click on Latex/PDF
at Viewer (we suggest to use Foxit Reader or Sumatra). That, as it will be
shown later, will enable you to compile LATEXtexts and open them in .pdf
using Tinn-R. Do not forget to install the Miktex on your computer. If you
prefer DVI instead of PDF click on the DVI button.

5.5. APPLICATION OPTIONS

161

162
5.6

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE
HIGHLIGHTERS (SETTINGS)

Highlighters settings is a window that allows you to customize the
text you are working with in relation to appearance. Usually, you will be
working with R, R doc, R noweb, Tex or Text files. The type of file is marked
automatically at the left column of the window Highlighters. Within
the Identifiers section of the selected highlighter you may choose the
foreground (FG) color and the background color (BG) of each highlighter.
Since the best configuration of BG is the same for every identifier it is
possible to set BG for all at once; use a dark color for BG.

The option Options/Syntax(highlighter) is used to set the highlighter
of the type of file you would like, provided it is not the same as the one
you are currently working on.

5.7. TOOLS
5.7

TOOLS

This interface was designed to allow the expansion of resources. The
visibility of the window Tools can be changed using CTRL + F8. This
interface contains many useful features that will make your life easier.

Project
Project allows you to organize different types of files in a hierarchical
manner.
Even though your project can be found on the main menu bar, it is easier
to work with it using the tools window. Press CTRL + F8 and the tools
window will open. Click Misc/Project.
Beginning from the left, the first icon opens up a window where you can
search for project files you want to work on. This file has an extension
.tps. Otherwise, go to the next icon to open a new project.
When you click on that project a window will open, allowing you to choose
the folder where the project will be stored.
The tree is composed by groups connected at the node level. Groups will
contain files with something in common. For example, if you are writing
a package, one group might contain all data files, another the demo files,
another the R files, and so on. The third box contains three icons. The first
allows you to create new groups and also rename the deleted groups. The
fourth box (sixth icon) allows you to open a project or its parts.

163

164

SOME SECRETS FOR AN EFFICIENT USE

The next icon allows you to open a text file with the path corresponding
to all files in the project. This functionality is useful when you move the
whole project to another computer. The path on the other computer may
be different from your computer, and so you have to change the corresponding paths. Save it and start working on the same project on that
computer. You may use the search and replace options to perform that
change in paths.

Database
Shortcuts
You then go to Tools/Database as you click on the box, a small window
will open with five tabs. The first is Shortcuts. There is a long list of commands, some with a shortcut already configured as a default while other
shortcuts can be configured by the user as needed. You may configure
the shortcuts that you are used to. However, if they are already in use by
the Windows operating system, they won’t work. The use of shortcuts can
improve the efficiency of your work. You can also have more than one
shortcut table.

Completion

5.7. TOOLS
Completion will help you speed up the process of writing anything from
any language. It allows you to personalize its database so that every function, script or text that you frequently use can be automatically inserted
in your script through the click of a button or trigger.
Let us start by using completion with the functions which are already
in the default database. First, click on Tools/Database/Completion. A
window will open showing all the functions saved in the database at the
bottom of the window. Now click on the fourth icon Completion: edit.
Another window will open, the group to which the function belongs being
marked under Group, the function being marked under Function and the
trigger under Trigger.
Now open a new file (CTRL + N) and write rn which is the trigger for
the function rnorm and then press CTRL + J or click on Insert/Completion at the main menu.
Now, suppose that you have a section of a script which you use very often when writing scripts. For example, imagine the following script: x assignment. As it is associated to
shortcuts, the user can customize both.

183

184

WHAT IS NEW?
• The navigator of all database was replaced.
• The IO prompt of the Rterm interface is more user friendly. For this
set Options/Application/Editor/Advanced/Scroll pas end of
line option.
• It was add a new item in the main menu: Tools/Processing/Viewer/Open current file (generic).
• The menu Web as heavy reworked and has new options.
• The windows Options/Application received improvements.
• A new resource allowing the user to open/learning/edit the example script of any R objet, from the editor, Rterm/IO, Rterm/LOG
or window Tools/R/explorer was added.
• The tip and data completion were deeply improved. CTRL + SPACE
is the single trigger for both and the distinction is made in the context of the call. Additionally this feature now find the object, the
package and the pattern in complex contexts multiline.
• The shortcuts CTRL + TAB and SHIFT + CTRL + TAB, not user configurable, can now be also used in all interfaces Editor, Rterm and
Help to sequentially switch the pages.
• This version is full compatible with Microsoft R Open - MRO.
• The folder utils was deeply restructured and it was added an instruction unlockBinding("last.warning", baseenv()) to the new
file info.R to workaround a small bug among svSocket and MRO.
Thanks to Marc Laurencelle to pointing it out.
• The identifier Note brought back to the highlighter of R family, and
due to this utility also added to Text highlighter. Thanks to Ari for
pointing it out.
• The R family, All and Text highlighter received improvements
related to strings identification. The intention is that they do not
identify the shortened forms (he’s, you’d, you’ve, etc.) as string.
• New options related to Rterm: IO and LOG highlighters.
• The usability of Rterm interface is now more robust, stable and user
friendly.
• An new resource Check for update was added to the main menu
Help.

A.3. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2016 (01)
• The development team would like to publicly thank Marc Laurencelle for the contributions and suggestions to Tinn-R project.
• Tinn-R Team has two new members: Philiphe A. Kramer and
Swami de P. Lima, welcome!

185

186
A.4

WHAT IS NEW?
VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2015 (05)

4.0.3.5 (jun/22/2015)
• Due to two portable versions (simple and compatible with Apps)
were made some adjustments in the application source code and
project structure.
4.0.3.4 (jun/11/2015)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to Rterm interface (IO and LOG) and the packages car and rms was fixed. The origin of the bug is that when
both packages are loaded they change the pattern of messages
on the pipe. Thanks to Frank for pointing it out.
– A bug related to Update R mirrors and the countries Germany, Spain and Sweden was fixed.
• The versions 4.0.3.1, 4.0.3.2 and 4.0.3.3 were restrict to testers: thanks
for tests and suggestions.
• From this version on, Tinn-R will be released in three flavours: TinnR, Tinn-R Portable and compatible with PortableApps platform.
• Some files of the folder utils were updated to meet with Tinn-R
Portable project necessities. Therefore, the folder and paths of the
R variable .trPaths were changed to TEMP environment variable.
• The Help menu was slightly changed.
• The TinnRcom package was updated to version 1.0.18.
4.0.2.1 (Apr/29/2015)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the recent release (R 3.2.0) and the installation of the necessary TinnRcom package were fixed. Thanks to
Duncan Murdoch for the support.
– The file Rinstall.R located at the folder utils, where TinnR is installed, was updated to suppress the download of two
packages (Hmisc and R2Html), no longer necessary to TinnRcom package.
• The TinnRcom package was updated to version 1.0.17.

A.4. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2015 (05)
4.0.2.0 (Apr/22/2015)
• Features Added:
– Drag and drop from R explorer to Editor.
– An experimental Hex viewer (ATBinHex) was added to Tools/Results/Hex viewer. There is a bug related to UTF-8 BOM
encoding file: the selection of (Char Hex), only in the first
line, is not correctly associating the character with its corresponding Hex. It has its own pop-up menu with many (and
useful) options.
– New resources to autocompletion related to: ( [ ’ " were
added. If there is a selection, the new feature will respect that.
– A new option was added to Options/Application/R/Rterm/Options (Rterm) enabling the user to choose if setwidth
will be sent automatically when the panel width or font size is
changed.
– A new option was added: Project/Open demo. The objective
is to show to novice user what is a project and it’s utility.
– The main menu Options has three new options:
Auto completion ( [ ’ " CTRL + ALT + C
Enable Notication CTRL + ALT + N
Update silently CTRL + ALT + U
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to Sumatra (PDF viewer) and User guide (PDF),
location of topics, was fixed. If you have it installed, please
upgrade to 3.1.1 or higher (SumatraPDF).
– Rterm is now entirely updated after any changes in Options/Application or Options/Highlighters (settings).
– A bug related to line wrap has been fixed: thanks to Frank for
pointing it out.
– A bug related to character recognition of Tools/Database/R/Mirrors was fixed.
– A bug related to Rterm/LOG text highlighter was fixed.
– A bug related to Page control files and hints of files were
fixed.
– Some bugs were fixed and it is more user friendly when the
editor is in split mode.
– Some bugs were fixed related to Hide/Show resources of Tools
panel.

187

188

WHAT IS NEW?
• Pre-release versions 4.0.0.0 to 4.0.1.5 were restrict to testers: thanks
for tests and sugestions.
• Philipe Silva Farias began to work in the project as co-author.
• An experimental file notification resource has been added to the
project. The options are at Options/Application/General.
• Prior backup (full or database) will not be compatible anymore from
this version.
• A set of new icons was created specially to the project: thanks to
Philipe Silva Farias for the hard work.
• The visual identity of the project was changed: thanks to Carolina
Sartório Faria for the work.
• Some improvements were made in the Options/Application and
this interface has new options now.
• The usability of Rterm interface was improved.
• The URI highlighter has now a new identifier named Space.
• The default shortcut to alternate the focus among Editor, IO and
LOG were changed.
• The automatic recognition of hardware architecture (32 or 64 bit)
was improved.
• The project Jedi used in the Tinn-R project was updated to the
latest version. Some bugs related to Tools and Rterm panels and
Auto Hide option were corrected.
• The list of recognized words of R highlighter family related to plotting has been updated. Thanks to Berry Boessenkool for pointing
it out.
• The order of the objects was changed in Tools/R/Explorer. It has
now a more natural order and hierarchy.
• The available fonts family were restricted to True Type and FixedPitchOnly.
• It is now possible to open any URL from the Windows Opend Dialog:
File/Open.
• Tinn-R Editor - GUI for R Language and Environment is a project under GPL and distributed as freeware. Since creating and maintaining
the project involve many costs, donations are welcome!

A.5. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2014 (08)
A.5

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2014 (08)

3.0.3.7 (Mar/03/2014)
• Restrict release.
• Some improvements in the main interface and the User guide.
3.0.3.6 (Feb/28/2014)
• The conversion options using Deplate or Txt2tags depends of
the file extension. For Deplate are recognized: .dp, .dpt, .dplt,
.deplate and .txt. For Txt2tags are recognized: .t2, .t2t, .txt2tags.
and .txt.
3.0.3.5 (Feb/10/2014)
• Highlighters settings window was deeply reworked.
• Print preview window was reworked.
3.0.3.4 (Feb/08/2014)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– R highlighter: expressions like the below. Thanks to Arnold for
pointing it out.
gsub("/", "\\\\", text)

– Comment/Uncomment: the automatic detection of the language and chunks (regions) for multiple (or complex) languages (like: R noweb, R doc, HTML complex, PHP complex, etc).
• The Comment, Uncomment first and Uncomment all procedures were
improved.
3.0.3.3 (Feb/05/2014)
• Parts of the source code were enhanced.
• The control over the previous focus related to various options (Options, Help, View, etc.) has been improved.
• The IPC (Inter Process Communication) communicating Rterm and
Tinn-R was re-optimised. Now it its approximately 4x faster than
the prior version. \o/\o/\o/
• The User guide has been revised and improved.

189

190

WHAT IS NEW?

3.0.3.2 (Jan/30/2014)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Advanced options of the editor: Options/Application/Editor/Advanced/Want tabs. Now when tabbing (if there is a
selection) and act really as block indent, unindent. It works only inside of the more important
instances of SynEdit class: Editor and Rterm/LOG.
Within Rterm/IO has another function: to complete.
• Some options of the interface Options/Application/Editor/Advanced are now more understandable. Thanks to Berry Boessenkool
for the suggestions!
• The menu Help has a new option: What is new?
3.0.3.1 (Jan/29/2014)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– The installer of version 3.0.3.0 related to the file data.zip. The
file data.zip was corrupted. The installer of version 3.0.3.0
has been deleted from all servers and we advise users to not
redistribute this version. Thanks to Mark A. for pointing it out!
• The STOP button is working again for Rgui.exe (but is not active
for Rterm.exe yet).
3.0.3.0 (Jan/28/2014)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Pop-up menu of: Tools/Database/Completion, Tools/R/Explorer and Tools/R/Card.
• Parts of the source code were enhanced.
• The IPC (Inter Process Communication) communicating Rterm and
Tinn-R was optimised. Now it its approximately 8x faster and also
more accurate. This really was an old dream!
• The User guide has been revised.
• The menu Tools/Processing/Compilation (Latex) has a new
option: Make index (makeindex). The default shortcut is CTRL +
ALT + I.

A.5. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2014 (08)
• The Rterm support to the function debug and the package debug was
a bit enhanced. The necessary instruction (below) is automatically
sent to the R interpreter from this version.
options(debug.catfile = 'stdout')

3.0.2.8 (Jan/22/2014)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– R highlighter: quote argument of read.table function.
– Pop-up menu of Tools/R/Mirrors.
• TinnRcom package was upgraded to version (1.0-15). The package
will be automatically updated.
• Tools/R/Mirrors:
– It has a new status bar showing the default repository
– It has a new button on the tool bar which enables the opening
of the URL: current and default.
• The Print preview interface was a bit enhanced.
• Some icons of the Main interface and Tools panel were changed.
• From now SumatraPDF will be the default viewer of the Tinn-R
User guide. If Sumatra is the default system PDF viewer it will be
used. Otherwise, a compact version released jointly with Tinn-R
(Install.path/sumatra/SumatraPDF.exe) will be used.

191

192
A.6

WHAT IS NEW?
VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2013 (10)

3.0.2.7 (Dec/30/2013)
• The menu View was a bit improved.
• The User guide has been revised.
3.0.2.6 (Dec/28/2013)
• Tools: the interface related to Card and Mirrors is now in a more
logic place: R.
• The menu View was a bit improved. The more used options related
to Rgui, Tools and Rterm were duplicated, but can be easily found.
• The menu Help was a bit enhanced and has a new option: User
list (discussion group).
• The User guide has been revised.
3.0.2.5 (Dec/03/2013)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Double click on Tools/Database/Comments.
– Double click on Tools/Database/R mirros.
– The content of Help/Citation (put on clipboard).
– Active line (BG) option (Show/Hide) and Rterm.
• The default transparency was set to 0%.
• Some small errors were fixed in the User guide.
• The version 3.0.2.3 and 3.0.2.4 were restricted to testers: many thanks
to all testers, mainly to Michal Sacharewicz for his suggestions and
tests related to R path identification!
3.0.2.2 (Nov/20/2013)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– An intermitence related to Sweave and Knitr.
• The User guide has been revised.
• The main menu File has a new option: Template. This submenu has
template to: R script, R doc (Function, Dataset and Empty), R html,
R markdown and R noweb.

A.6. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2013 (10)
3.0.2.1 (Nov/19/2013)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Edit/Comment.
– Recognition of latest version and update of all five database:
Shortcuts.xml, Completion.xml, Comments.xml, Rcard.xml
and Rmirrors.xml.
– Options/Application when the user choice Cancel.
• The suport to Knitr package was improved and has more options
and resources:
– A new button: Knit to LaTeX (.Rnw).
– A new button: Knit to HTML (.Rmd, Rhtml).
– Two new multi/complex highlighter: R markdown and R html
were added.
– From now Tinn-R will always open/update the output (*.tex,
*.md and/or *.html) file(s) after interpretation.
– If the option Tools/Processing/Viewer/HTML is marked, the
*.html output file will be opened on the default browser.
• Parts of the source code related to Sweave were enhanced. From now
Tinn-R will always open/update the .tex file after interpretation.
3.0.1.10 (Nov/15/2013)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Rterm/LOG/Gutter.
• Parts of the source code related to R path identification were enhanced.
• Parts of the source code related to Code completion were enhanced.
3.0.1.9 (Nov/07/2013)
• The URL of the project was changed to: http://nbcgib.uesc.br/lec/software/editores/tinnr/en
• The Rterm interface now acepts the option eoScrollPastEol (Allows the cursor to go past the last character into the white space at
the end of a line).

193

194

WHAT IS NEW?

3.0.1.8 (Nov/06/2013)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Options/Highlighters (settings) not remembering when
more than one option (Bold, Italic and Underline) is marked.
– The visibility of the Toolbar Edit.
• The User guide has been revised. From this version it will be distributed only in PDF format and written entirely in LATEX.
• This version went through a long period of development and testing.
This version brings several improvements to the project and is the
best version ever released to the users. We hope you enjoy it!
• The versions 3.0.1.0, 3.0.1.1, 3.0.1.2, 3.0.1.3, 3.0.1.4, 3.0.1.5, 3.0.1.6
and 3.0.1.7 were restricted to RC (Release Candidate) testers: many
thanks to all testers, mainly to Jakson A. Aquino (main author of
the nice Vim-R-plugin), for his good suggestions!
• The SynEdit component used in Tinn-R project was updated to
the latest version. Unlike previous versions, all necessary changes
and adjustments in the sources of SynEdit were made separately
from the component, that is in units following the project source
code of Tinn-R. This change is intended to facilitate the collective
development of the Tinn-R sources.
• The sources of the project were deeply improved.
• Support to UNICODE was added (this was a very hard work).
• The highlighters: R, TeX, All and Text were recreated to UNICODE
and all have new resources.
• The Sweave highlighter was renamed to R noweb. It is a multi highlighter: R + TeX.
• From this version Tinn-R Editor/GUI needs a new version of
the TinnR package: TinnRcom distributed with the Tinn-R install/setup program.
• The RegEx PCRE was implemented in the project. We have now
more flexibility to deal with strings in the sources of the project.
• The window About was a bit enhanced.
• The support to DDE protocol was removed from the project, it is a
bit old and hard to maintain.

A.6. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2013 (10)
• The database for call tip was removed, due to constant updates of
covered packages, it is hard to maintain.
• Two new database were added: Rmirrors.xml and Comments.xml.
The first allows the user to manage the R mirrors and the second,
the comments for all supported languages by Tinn-R.
• The Comment, Uncomment first and Uncomment all procedures were
improved and from now are in the main menu Edit. Now it detects
automatically the language and chunks (regions) for multiple (or
complex) languages (like: R noweb, R doc, HTML complex, etc). The
comments default are all now in the database Comments.xml (user
configured). The user can force the use of an specific comment
by unchecking the option Tools/Database/Comments: (x) Auto
detect language (recommended).
• The unique communication protocol with R is now the TCP/IP under the necessary svSocket package. There is a new option controlling whether R is connected and whether R is running automatically
or not. By default it is set to True.
• The R explorer is almost fully based on temporary files, but the
request is made silently (if the package svSoket is loaded and the
communication (TCP/IP) is active). The reception of the information from R under TCP/IP was removed for this purpose. For massive
exchanging information temporary files are faster, more accurate
and stable.
• Parts of the source code, related to call tip and data completion were
enhanced: it is now faster and more accurated (mainly related to
the OOP).
• Options/Application window and related options were deeply upgraded. It is important to note that the editor options are now inside
this interface.
• The menu Options/Editor was removed.
• The menu View has a new option: Gutter (show/hide) with the
shortcuts CTRL + ALT + G associated to it. It will affect all instances
of SynEdit class: Editor, Rterm and LOG.
• The menu Edit and Format were a bit improved.
• An option menu Encoding was added to the main menu.
• The menu Help was a bit simplified.

195

196

WHAT IS NEW?
• The main menu R was a bit improved and has three new options: Set
.trPaths (temporarily), Get info (R and TinnRcom) and Update mirrors.
• The button R controls: packages has new options: Install and
Load TinnRcom package.
• The status bar was new panels showing the encoding and line endings of the files.
• The Organize screen procedure (related to screen arrangement of
Tinn-R and Rgui.exe) from now runs twice: since just once is not
enough for all flavors of the OS Windows.
• Inside Tools/R explorer(Tools window) now CTRL + C copy the
R object name selected to the clipboard. This can be very useful.

2.4.1.7 (Mai/08/2013)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Copy buttom of Tools/Database (Rtip and Completion).
– R send: line (with empty files).
• Options/Application/R/Rterm/Options (Rterm) has a new option: Workspace image (close without ask for save). Thanks
to Roland E. Joss for the suggestion.
• Some buttons of R toolbar (print, plot, list names, list
structure, edit and fix) are now enabled only with at least one
open file.
• The main menu Web/R Editors/GUIs and IDEs/Tinn-R was a bit
enhanced. Tinn-R project now has its own Web page.
2.4.1.6 (Mai/06/2013)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug, noticed after the release of the R 3.0.0, related to the Options/Application/R/Path (R) and recognition of the latest version has been fixed.
• The user guide was revised: many thanks to Jakson A. Aquino (the
main author of Vim-R-plugin).

A.7. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2012 (03)
A.7

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2012 (03)

2.4.1.5 (Dez/06/2012)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the Options/Application/Rgui/Recognition (Rgui) accidentally added in the prior compilation (prerelease 2.4.1.2) was fixed.
• The versions 2.4.0.2, 2.4.1.0, 2.4.1.1, 2.4.1.2, 2.4.1.3 and 2.4.1.4 were
restricted to pre-release testers: Many thanks to all testers and for
the suggestions!
• Basic suport to Pandoc (a universal document converter) was added.
• The main menu Help/Main/File conversion (introduction) was
updated. Now it also contains an example of pandoc.markdown file.
• The User guide was thoroughly updated.
• The file Rconfigure_default.r was updated.
• The convertion tools (Deplate, Pandoc and Txt2tags) are currently
enabled to all file extensions (including empty extension).
• The main menu Web was updated and has new options.
• The message of any problem related to R/Configure/Pemanent
(Rprofile.site) was enhanced.
2.4.0.1 (Nov/07/2012)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to CTRL + ENTER was fixed. Many thanks to Leandro Marino for pointing it out!
– A "bug" (the Microsoft eventually makes some drastic changes)
related to the Windows 7 (64 bit) and the path detection of R
(32-bit and 64-bit) was fixed.
• The internal shortcut CTRL + ENTER doesn’t break the current line at
the cursor position any more, i.e, it preserves the entire line content
and starts a new one. Many thanks to Leandro Marino for pointing
it out!
• The versions 2.3.7.4 and 2.4.0.0 were restricted to pre-release testers:
many thanks to all testers and for the suggestions!

197

198

WHAT IS NEW?
• The graphical interface was updated with some improvements,
mainly the Application options:
– A hierarchical tree view replaced the classical tabs approach.
It is better for large options like now.
– The options related to path of DVI and PDF viewer was removed. The default system for .dvi and .pdf will be used.
– The option to close a prior instance of the viewer (DVI and
PDF) before compilation is now independent. It gives more
user control.
• A new toolbar Format was added to the main toolbar.
• A new resource allowing reformat R code (selection or whole file)
using formatR package was added. The icon resource was placed
in the Format toolbar, so that from this version on, the formatR
package will be necessarily together with the already traditional
TinnR and svSocket packages.
• Due to the new resource related to the reformat code the variable
.trPaths was changed. As a result, it will be necessary to run again the
R/Configure/Permanent (Rprofile.site). In this case, do not
forget to remove any prior script generated by Tinn-R in the Rprofile.site file.
• The R/Hotkeys interface was thoroughly reworked. Now it has two
tabs, Default and Custom:
– Default: contains the already traditional instructions of TinnR;
– Custom: allows the user to customize any instructions to be
send to R interpreter (thanks to Philemon Lenherr for the suggestion). The instructions must be as follows:
Simple: search(). The R interpreter will receive > search();
Replace word or small selection: View(%s, title=’View
of iris dataset’). If the editor cursor is over the word
iris or it is selected, the R interpreter will receive > View(iris,
title=’View of iris dataset’)

Replace whole file: source(%f, echo=TRUE, verbose=TRUE).
The R interpreter will receive > source(.trPaths[4], echo=TRUE,
verbose=TRUE). All rules related to send file are preserved.
• Sorry, due to thoroughly changes made to the R/Hotkeys, all hotkeys
configured prior to this version will be lost. It will be necessary to
reconfigure them all.

A.7. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2012 (03)
• The chapter Some secrets for an efficient use is being revised
by Ricardo Pietrobon and soon will be completed. Many thanks
for his hard work!
2.3.7.3 (Set/23/2012)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Not really a bug, but a correction related to prior versions which
do not recognize the Options/Application/R/Rgui/Recognition/Type is set to Whole related to R Console (32-bit).
• This version was compiled with Code Gear 2007 running under
Windows 7. Previously it was compiled under Windows Vista or XP.
We noticed that some boring stuff were automatically corrected
by simply changing the operating system. That is, there were bugs
caused by older operating systems.
• Some default startup values were changed. We hope it is now better
for novices.
• Basic support to R package Knitr was added.
• Minor improvements in the graphical interface.
• The user guide has a new chapter: Some secrets for an efficient use.

199

200
A.8

WHAT IS NEW?
VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2010 (10)

2.3.7.1 (Nov/24/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug, accidentally introduced in version 2.3.7.0, which averted
opening a file by Enter or Double click, a recognized TinnR file from Windows environment, was fixed.
2.3.7.0 (Nov/22/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the intermittent loss of connection (or appearent freeze) occurring on Rgui.exe was fixed.
• The versions 2.3.6.4, 2.3.6.5, 2.3.6.6 and 2.3.6.7 restricted to prerelease testers.
• The Application options interface was a bit changed:
– The Application options/R/Rterm was split in two tabs: Error and Options. The tab Error has a new option: Trying to
find code errors (at the editor)*. It enables the user to
set Tinn-R in order to find code errors at the editor when sending instructions to Rterm. It may happen that the error will
not be found at the right place, for example the error might
be the same word appearing in a comment which comes before the actual along the code. In that case the user should use
the shortcut F3 (Find again). The word will appear selected,
than just press OK until finding the right error. The first search
done internally by Tinn-R has Case sensitive and Whole word
only as default, but, this is not passed to the search interface,
therefore the user should just select them if convenient. If the
error has number among letters Whole word only is not a good
option.
• This version is fully compatible with Windows 7 and R 2.12.0.
• The component XPmenu was removed from the project. Windows
XP users might find the Tinn-R appearance less attractive, but the
applicative is now more stable. As soon as possible, the project will
get a better option for skins.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.

A.8. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2010 (10)
2.3.6.3 (Nov/14/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug (introduced in version 2.3.6.0) related to interactive use of Rterm interface, when R returns only one value, was
fixed.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
2.3.6.2 (Nov/13/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug (introduced in version 2.3.6.1) related to automatic recognition (and setting) of the paths of Rterm and Rgui from R
version 2.12.0 was fixed.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
2.3.6.1 (Nov/12/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Permanent configuration of the file Rprofile.site from the menu
option: R/Configure/Permanent (Rprofile.site).
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
2.3.6.0 (Nov/10/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Paths of Rterm and Rgui from R version 2.12.0 were fixed.
• The Application options/R/Path has a new option: Architecture (bit). It enables the user to set R in order to run Rterm.exe or
Rgui.exe in either 32 or 64 bit. They run independently one from the
other. If the above dialog option Use latest version (always) is
set to No, the dialog box Architecture (bit) becomes disabled.
In other words, the path must be manually set. In this case, the user
preference (if valid) will not be changed when Tinn-R is starting. If
the dialog Use latest version (always) is set to Yes, the path of
the latest R version (32 or 64 bit) will found automatically. In case
the user’s computer is 64 bit and it has the latest R version installed
with both options (32 or 64 bit) the latest one has the preference.

201

202

WHAT IS NEW?
• Rterm interface now recognizes the single occurrence of a string
pattern when using TAB in the prompt. The general behavior is not
as friendly as in Rgui or in Linux console, but it is working.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.

2.3.5.2 (Apr/11/2010)
• The User guide was revised by Ricardo Pietrobon in an attempt
to improve its flow and style. This is a work in progress, and so we
should be improving it over time!
2.3.5.1 (Mar/28/2010)
• Version restricted to developers.
• The User guide was revised by Ricardo Pietrobon to improve its
style and readability. So far, we have partial revisions implemented
to chapters Overview, Basics, Working with, Menu description
and parts of What is new.
• The Application options/R/Basic has a new option: Smart (all
send). When this option is set to Yes, all single line commands will
not be sent through source(...), but instead as Send line.
2.3.5.0 (Mar/04/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small corretions in the Application options interface.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The Rterm interface has now a simple toolbar including the more
usual options.
• The User guide is being revised by Ricardo Pietrobon and soon
will be more readable and intelligible. Up to now only chapters
Overview and Basics have been worked out. Many thanks for his
hard work!
2.3.4.4 (Jan/10/2010)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the visibility of the buttons Send contiguous
was fixed.

A.9. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2009 (16)
A.9

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2009 (16)

2.3.4.3 (Dec/21/2009)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
2.3.4.2 (Dec/18/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the function debug (package base) in the
Rterm interface was fixed. It was generating an exception Access violation at address NUMBER in module ’Tinn-R.exe’.
Read of address FFFFFFFF. This bug started in version 2.3.4.0

(Dec/06/2009).
2.3.4.1 (Dec/13/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to Search in Files and its links in the Tools
panel was fixed. It was not going to the correct line in the file.
This bug was related to the implementation of the resource
Remember file state in version 2.3.2.5 (Nov/03/2009).
• The user can now hide/show the button Editor: current line
to top in the R toolbar.
2.3.4.0 (Dec/06/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the package sem by John Fox (functions: read.moments
and specify.model) which generated an error when submitting line by line within Rterm interface was fixed. Many thanks
to Frank for pointing it out!
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The menu R/Rterm/Clear and the pop-up menu Rterm (IO and
LOG), both related to Clear option, were changed. This change allows more specific control over IO and LOG of Rterm interface.
• Two new options enable the user to send contiguous lines of script
to the R interpreter.
• The small script generated by Tinn-R in the file Rprofile.site was
changed:

203

204

WHAT IS NEW?
– The parameter dep=TRUE was removed from the line
install.packages(necessary[!installed], dep=TRUE)

since the Hmisc package, which enables Tinn-R to export R
objects to TeX format, has several dependencies. This change
will speed up the basic R configuration.
## Check necessary packages
necessary <- c('TinnR', 'svSocket')
installed <- necessary %in% installed.packages()[, 'Package']
if (length(necessary[!installed]) >=1)
install.packages(necessary[!installed])

– Under the Rterm interface the graphical menu should enable
the user to choose the repository for a current session. However, this is inconsistent, sometimes showing this option and
sometimes not. Therefore, the best option is to set the preferred repository from the file Rprofile.site.
2.3.3.1 (Nov/10/2009)
• The menu Tools/Utils was removed from the executable: it is restricted only to developers and we forgot to make it not visible.
2.3.3.0 (Nov/09/2009)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The menu View was enhanced with a new option Word wrap. It
allows the user to control the Editor, Rterm/IO and Rterm/LOG word
wrap. Word wrap is a feature of most text editors, word processors,
and web browsers, of breaking lines between and not within words,
except when a single word is longer than a line.
2.3.2.6 (Nov/07/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to Rterm interface and Auto hide option was
fixed.
• The automatic WordWrap option of Rterm interface is now off.
2.3.2.5 (Nov/03/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:

A.9. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2009 (16)

205

– A bug related to R identification, if Options/Application/R/Path/Use latest installed version (always) option is Yes was
fixed. This bug was detected only after the R 2.10.0.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• Tinn-R now has the Remember file state setting option. The file states
are: all marks (0..9), the position of the cursor and top line of the file.
It was implemented using a XML database (Cache.xml). It can be
found at Options/Application/Main/General/Remember file state.
• The option Send Marked block was enhanced. Now it works as below:
– The file has no marks: the option will not be available (gray);
– The file has one or more marks and the cursor is above the
first mark, or below the last: all text (above or below this mark)
will be sent, according to the cursor’s position (above or below
the mark);
– The cursor is between any two adjacent marks: all text between those two marks will be sent.
• Under Rterm interface it is possible to use the TAB as follow: >
ba (followed by TAB). This procedure will send to R interpreter
the instruction apropos(’ˆbla’, case.insensitive=FALSE) and
it will not be visible. R will returns a character vector giving the
names of all objects in the search list matching ba. For example:
> ba (followed by TAB)
[1] "backsolve"
[4] "balanceMethodsList"
[7] "bandwidth.nrd"
[10] "bartlett.test"
[13] "base.difftime"
[16] "base.loadhistory"
[19] "base.save.image"
[22] "basehaz"

"backSpline"
"bacteria"
"ballocation"
"bandwidth.kernel"
"barplot"
"barplot.default"
"base.-.POSIXt"
"base.+.POSIXt"
"base.help"
"base.library"
"base.lockEnvironment" "base.rbind.data.frame"
"base.savehistory"
"baseenv"
"basename"

> ba

• The family rmControls of components was removed from the project.
2.3.2.3 (Ago/06/2009)
• The Application options interface was enhanced.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.

206

WHAT IS NEW?

2.3.2.2 (Jul/20/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related with Hotkeys (operational system) when changing
the status (Active not Active).
2.3.2.1 (Jul/19/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– An undesired and potentially danger option in the menu Tools/Utils, used only in the development, was removed.
2.3.2.0 (Jul/18/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– All bugs related to database pointed out by users.
2.3.1.0 (Jul/15/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– All bugs related to database pointed out by users.
2.3.0.0 (Jul/10/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– The error message when typing CTRL + TAB inside the Rterm
interface whenever it was not split.
– It now remembers the position of the Tabs files (top or botton)
when starting.
– It now properly organizes the Tabs files in relation to other
toolbars whenever the user uses the show/hide option in the
toolbars.
– The intermittency of completion resources.
– The Auto completion and Data completion now recognizes
split by a dot as a complete word: for example my.function(
and my.data$.
– Under Windows Vista the option R/Configure/Permanent (Rprofile.site now checks if the user has administrative privileges to
change the content of the file Rprofile.site, before inserting the necessary script. If the user receives an error message,
it is necessary to manually change the security properties to
enable full control of the folder etc where R is installed.

A.9. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2009 (16)

207

• The Completion resource migrated to XML, it is more flexible and
easy to use. Now it is located in the the menu Tools/Database.
• R card and R tip are now located in a more convenient place: Tool/Database.
• The R tip resource was updated.
• Menu Format/Block was removed and all associated resources were
relocated to a more logic place: Format/selection.
• The User guide was expanded/enhanced in various topics.
• The Application options interface was enhanced.
• A new option in the Application options allows more specific recognition of Rgui. Now it is possible to avoid any windows caption with
the word Console to be recognized as a R instance.
• The interface Tinn-R hotkeys was fully reworked and it is now more
simple and efficient.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• A new resource was added to the R send: Clipboard. It enables the
user to send the content of the clipboard easily to Rterm.
• Sorry, due to bugs the highlighters Deplate and Txt2tags were removed from the project. New ones will be made in the future.
2.2.0.2 (Feb/09/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Using TinnR package version 1.0.1 or 1.0.2 Tinn-R did
starts when R starts with the instructions below in the Rprofile.site:
# uncomment the line below if you want Tinn-R starts always \RR{} starts
options(IDE='C:/Tinn-R/bin/Tinn-R.exe')

The origin of this bug was the change of the packages svIDE
(and others no longer necessary) to TinnR package. One function that should do the job was not present (TinnR package
version 1.0.1 or 1.0.2). In the new version of the TinnR
package (1.0.3), this function trStartIDE was added. The
option R/Configure/Permanent (Rpfile.site) will generate a new script:

208

WHAT IS NEW?

##===============================================================
## Tinn-R: necessary packages and functions
## Tinn-R: >= 2.2.0.2 with TinnR package >= 1.0.3
##===============================================================
## Set the URL of the preferred repository, below some examples:
options(repos='http://cran.at.r-project.org/')
# Austria/Wien
#options(repos='http://cran-r.c3sl.ufpr.br/')
# Brazil/PR
#options(repos='http://cran.fiocruz.br/')
# Brazil/RJ
#options(repos='http://www.vps.fmvz.usp.br/CRAN/') # Brazil/SP
#options(repos='http://brieger.esalq.usp.br/CRAN/') # Brazil/SP
library(utils)
## Check necessary packages
necessary <- c('TinnR', 'svSocket')
installed <- necessary %in% installed.packages()[, 'Package']
if (length(necessary[!installed]) >=1)
install.packages(necessary[!installed])
## Load packages
library(TinnR)
library(svSocket)
## Uncomment the two lines below if you want Tinn-R to always start R at start-up
## (Observation: check the path of Tinn-R.exe)
#options(IDE='C:/Tinn-R/bin/Tinn-R.exe')
#trStartIDE()
## Option
options(use.DDE=T)
## Start DDE
trDDEInstall()
## Short paths
.trPaths <- paste(paste(Sys.getenv('APPDATA'),
'\\Tinn-R\\tmp\\',
sep=''),
c('',
'search.txt',
'objects.txt',
'file.r',
'selection.r',
'block.r',
'lines.r'),
sep='')

If you uncomment this part:
## Uncomment the two lines below if you want Tinn-R starts always R starts
## (Observation: check the path of Tinn-R.exe)
options(IDE='C:/Tinn-R/bin/Tinn-R.exe')
trStartIDE()

A.9. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2009 (16)

The new TinnR package will do the job!
2.2.0.1 (Feb/05/2009)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Latex font Enphase was fixed. It was inserting \textbf{} instead
of \emph{}.
– Save and load workspace is now enabled only if Rterm is running.
– A bug associated with the Color preferences interface related
to Txt2tags and Deplate syntax, not allowing to change the
background color of the root element in the correct way was
fixed.
• All prior documentation of the Tinn-R project was updated. Some
parts were expanded and others were excluded, new ones were generated and, finally, all were joined in the new User guide. This What
is new is now part of this user guide. The source files (written in
Txt2tags) of this User guide are available in the folder doc/english/user_guide
where Tinn-R is installed. This way, we hope that the user will be
able to help us in making it better, day by day, by sending us any
useful contribution.
• The R toolbar can now be docked at left, top, right and bottom side of
the main interface. Some issues related to Rterm and Tools interface
when dragging the R tools bar, have not completely been solved yet.
In order to fix any problem, hide and show again the Rterm or Tools
interface.
• The match brackets resource (default shortcut is CTRL + B) was
added also to the Rterm interface (IO and LOG).
• The Tools interface was a bit reworked and the menu Views was
changed to accommodate the changes.
• The menus View and Help were a bit reworked.
• The send and control R resources were extended to all instances of
the synEdit class. In other words, if you put the cursor in any word,
or select any text in the Editor (split or not), IO or LOG (docked or
not, in the same or distinct monitors) interface and, after this, select
an action (print content, plot, etc) it will be executed.

209

210

WHAT IS NEW?

A.10

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2008 (14)

2.1.1.6 (Nov/17/2008)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– All fonts of Tools/Markup interface are now visible.
• The Application options was a bit reworked.
• Due to focus changes behavior in the latest Tinn-R version (2.1.1.5),
the focus control button (options toolbar ) will be not enabled if
Rterm is running. In this case, the focus will be always returned to
the interface (editor or Rterm) that has the prior focus before all
send/control options.

2.1.1.5 (Nov/12/2008)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Related to Inverse DVI Search;
– Focus control working with dual monitor.
• The latest Windows installer version is 2.3. Therefore, it was necessary to adapt Tinn-R to work with the interpreter Phyton for Windows (python.exe) and the python script to make the conversion
(txt2tags). The current version of Txt2tags is 2.5.
• To install and configure the necessary resources follow these simple
steps:
1. Download and install the interpreter Python;
2. Download and unzip Txt2tags inside any folder anywhere in
your computer;
3. Inside of Tinn-R, go to ’Options/Application/Processing/Txt2tags’
and inform the necessary: parameters (-t is the default) and the
paths of interpreter (python.exe) and the converter (txt2tags
python script);
4. It is enough to use these nice tools in the Tinn-R project.

A.10. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2008 (14)

2.1.1.4 (Nov/10/2008)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Closing the applicative if Rterm is runnig (random bug).
– Options: return focus after sending to R:
If in editor, the focus shifts back after sending to R;
If in Rterm (or Rgui), the focus does not jump back to
editor when you press return: ENTER (prompt line), or CTRL
+ ENTER (any prior line).
• The Options/Application/Main menu has a new Dock page. It enables the user to fix any possible problem related to visualization
(dock/hide) and layout of the Tools and Rterm interfaces.
• The resources of Rterm interface were extended:
– All resources available enabling the control of R are now also
available to IO and LOG interfaces: print content, plot, list
names, etc;
– To all options enabling the control of R, THE FOCUS WILL BE
MAINTENED IN THE CURENT WORK INTERFACE Editor or
IO, DISREGARDING the Options: return focus to editor after
send/control R (toogle).
• Rterm interface and debug package:
– Changes were made to the debug package (1.0.2) on the message system (stdout and stderr). The default option is not compatible with Rterm interface implementation.
– The best way to make it compatible again is to add the option
below in the Rprofile.site file:
options(debug.catfile = 'stdout')

211

212

WHAT IS NEW?

2.1.1.3 (Nov/04/2008)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Application options/Appearance when the user select Cancel.
– R control: packages (both: Load and Remove) and Rterm interface.
– Rterm interface under package debug of Mark V. Bravington
when the user type qqq() to quit the debugger.
• The interface Go to line number was a bit reworked.
2.1.1.2 (Oct/20/2008)
• The appearance of the main menu and all pop-up menus were
improved.
• Now Tinn-R is able to perform inverse DVI search. It is only necessary to set the path of the binary of Tinn-R and the parameter for
file and line in your DVI previewer. For example, using the YAP of
Miktex, the necessary configuration will be (assuming the default
Tinn-R path):
C:\Tinn-R\bin\Tinn-R.exe "%f;%l"

Be sure that there is not space between the parameters %f(related
to file) and %l(related to line).
Inside Tinn-R (Options/Application/Processing/Latex/DVI) it is necessary to add the compilation Miktex parameter: latex -c-styleerrors -src-specials. Tinn-R can do it automatically with the option Restore default. Now, it is:
latex -c-style-errors --src-specials
and
bibtex --src-specials

2.1.1.1 (Oct/15/2008)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Bugs of the version 2.X.X.X (prior of this version) related to
the R/Configure/Temporary (current session) and R/Configure/Permanent (Rprofile.site) were fixed.

A.10. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2008 (14)

213

– A bug related to the Rterm interface with incomplete instructions (’+’) was fixed. An undesirable carriage return after the
’+ CR’, the origin of the bug, was eliminated.
– A bug related to the status (show/hide) of the toolbars Spell and
Search when closing and starting the application was fixed.
• Version restricted to pre-release testers.
• The way Tinn-R creates the variable .trPaths was changed. Now it
is automatic. It was posted on Tinn-R forum by KeithJ (keith_jewell)
- 2008-09-15 16:00. It is very useful in laboratories where most users
have their own account but use the same computer. Now it is not necessary to adapt the file Rprofile.site for each user and R session
any more. Many thanks to keith Jewell for the nice suggestion.
.trPaths <- paste(paste(Sys.getenv('APPDATA'), '\\Tinn-R\\tmp\\', sep=''),
c('', 'search.txt', 'objects.txt', 'file.r', 'selection.r', 'block.r', 'lines.r'), sep='')

• The option Save/Load workspace to the Rterm interface was added.
Many thanks to Maria Conceição for the suggestion.
• The Tools and Rterm interfaces were reworked and now both are
dockable. It makes the interface flexible and user customizable.
Many thanks to Thomas Petzoldt for the suggestion.
• A new option was added to the Options: max.deparse.length (echo=TRUE).
It is used if echo is TRUE and gives the maximal number of characters output for the deparse of a single expression.
• The weblinks links of the menu Web were all updated.
• In order to attend to the request of some users, the menu (and related pop-up menu) Edit go back to the project interface with a
new implementation. Due to the large frequency of the use of class
SynEdit (editor, editor split, IO, LOG, etc), the action will be apllied
in the active (selected) instance of the class SynEdit.
• The font of the Rterm interface is now updated after changes to
Options/Editor/Display/Font.
2.0.0.7 (Sep/04/2008)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related with the package Rterm interface was fixed.

214

WHAT IS NEW?

2.0.0.6 (Aug/21/2008)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the package Matrix was fixed. Many thanks to
Frank for point it out!
• The Rterm interface can be used to connect with R as a remote server.
Sorry, it is already running, but it was not finished yet!
2.0.0.5 (Aug/17/2008) - pre-release
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the function debug(base) was fixed. Many
thanks to Steven for pointing it out!
2.0.0.4 (Aug/12/2008) - pre-release
• Small corrections and adaptations suggested by testers. Many thanks
to Steven.
• The R history now stores up to 100 instructions.
2.0.0.3 (Aug/05/2008) - pre-release
• Version 2.0.0.2 (Jul/23/2008) was released to some selected users
for tests; it was the lastest version compiled under the IDE Delphi
7 of Borland.
• This version, and from now on, all versions will be compiled under
the IDE Code Gear 2007, the latest of Borland.
2.0.0.2 (Jul/23/2008) - pre-release
• Small corrections suggested by pre-release testers. Many thanks to
John, Steven and Frank for the tests and suggestions.
• This version, unlike 2.0.0.1, is fully compatible with the very useful
package debug (of Mark Bravington). It remains an unsolved problem to submit, when debuging, an external script with incomplete
line, like the one below:
plot(rnorm(1e2), main = 'It will cause error!')

A.10. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2008 (14)
2.0.0.1 (Jul/22/2008) - pre-release
• Version restricted to pre-release testers.
• The structure of the ini and the routine of initialization were deeply
reworked:
– The old backups will not be compatible anymore with this
one and future versions;
– When used for the first time, this version will try to recognize
almost all prior user preferences.
• A new folder, bkp, was added to the ini files structure. It contains all
backups of all prior user preferences not (or partially) compatible
with the new versions. The control of all default resources are now
individual, i.e: custom, data, latex, shortcuts and syntax.
• The R explorer functionality was reworked:
– The functions (trObjSearch and trObjList) were reworked.
These functions are distributed with the package svMisc (>=
0.9.40) of Philippe Grosjean;
– To make the R interface cleaner, a new variable .trPath is
used as additional parameter to the two functions above. It
will avoid a long string like
path="C:/Documents and settings/User/Application Data/Tinn-R/Tmp/..."
to Windows XP or
"C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/..."
on Windows Vista;
– The R object .trPath is a list described below:
.trPath <- list(
Tmp = 'C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/',
Search = 'C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/search.txt',
Objects = 'C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/objects.txt',
File = 'C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/file.r',
Selection = 'C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/selection.r',
Block = 'C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/block.r',
Lines = 'C:/Users/jcfaria/AppData/Roaming/Tinn-R/tmp/lines.r'
)

– The best way to set the variable .trPath inside of R is using the options:
R/Configure/Temporary or R/Configure/Permanent, both can be found in
the main menu of Tinn-R R/Configure;

• The options to send File, Selection, Block and Lines to end page, were
reworked:
– The objective was to maintain the R interface cleaner, thus
avoiding long strings;

215

216

WHAT IS NEW?
– All above are also dependent on the variable .trPath;
– As already noted, the best way to set the variable .trPath inside R is using the options: R/ Configure/ Temporary or R/
Configure/Permanent. Both can be found in the main menu
of Tinn-R R/Configure
• The source code of Tinn-R was deeply reworked. The aim was to
maintain the prior user knowledge, the stability, and the structural
simplicity, but add more flexibility and power to the GUI, mainly
associated with the new Rterm interface. The IO and LOG interfaces
are instances of the class synEdit:
– IO: the aim was to add flexibility and power, i.e., joining the
power of synEdit (editor) and the functionality of a common
console. All prior user knowledge of the resources associated
with the editor were preserved: marks, shortcuts, syntax, match
brackets, tips, code completion, data completion, etc;
– LOG: has two basic objectives:
1. To make the IO interface cleaner;
2. To avoid synchronization difficulties with the inter process
communication (IPC) called pipe in use.
– The shortcuts and the pop-up menu makes it easy to change
among the interfaces: Editor, IO and LOG:
1. The common Windows shortcut CTRL + TAB changes the
active page (IO-LOG).
2. Any prior line can be sent another time by just placing the
cursor anywhere on and typing: CTRL + ENTER;
– The last line of the IO interface (the prompt) has special features:
1. It has some restrictions for edition and navigation;
2. ALT+DOWN and ALT+UP are the shortcuts (prior/later) for
command history. Both are continuous, cyclic and have a
50 lines limit (we think it is sufficient, but if necessary it
can be increased to 100 or more).
• When more than one recognized instance of R is running the priority
order is:
1. Rterm;
2. Rgui;
3. Rserver (remote);

A.10. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2008 (14)
• The use of the clipboard as IPC was removed for all. It was an old
request of users to avoid conflict with other application, mainly with
the Open Office suit.
• The communication with Rterm is more specific and efficient than
with Rgui. Therefore, it will receive more attention from the developers from now on. The interface with Rterm is not finished yet, but
it is running nicely...
– If some problem happens: press ENTER;
– If it is not solved, type anything and press ENTER;
– If it still not solved, sorry: close and restart the Rterm instance;
– Remember: it is not finished yet!
• The TCP/IP resources now are used only with two objectives:
1. Local: to make the Rterm and Rgui console cleaner;
2. Remote: for all: send, control and output.
• A new interface Work expl. was added to the Tools interface. It will
always show the folder and files of the latest file opened. It is simpler and has complementary resources to the textitWindows expl.
interface.
• The menu Edit and associated pop-up menu were removed, but, all
the functionality was preserved under shortcuts. To set the preferences see Options/Editor/Keystrokes.
• The Tools interface was a bit reworked and has new resources.
• The main menu was a bit reworked.
• The interface of the application options was a bit reworked.
• Due to new resources (IO interface related with Rterm) the default
shortcuts to view Line numbers and Special characters were changed
to CTRL + ALT + L and CTRL + ALT + K respectivelly. Now CTRL +
L clears the IO and LOG interface, like Rgui.
• The main component synEdit was updated to the latest stable version and minor bugs were fixed.
• The descriptions of the synEdit editor options is:

217

218

Option
Auto indent
Auto size scroll width
Drag and drop editing
Alt sets column mode
Maintain caret column
Want tabs
Smart tabs
Smart tab delete
Enhance home key
Enhance end Key
Hide scrollbars as necessary
Disable scroll arrows
Half page scroll
Scroll by one less
Scroll past end of file
Scroll past end of line
Show scroll hint
Scroll hint follows mouse
Tabs to spaces
Trim trailing spaces
Group undo
Right mouse moves cursor
Show special chars

WHAT IS NEW?

Description
Will indent the caret on new lines with the same amount of leading white space
as the preceding line
Automatically resizes the MaxScrollWidth property when inserting text
Allows you to select a block of text and drag it within the document to another
location
Holding down the key will put the selection mode into columnar format
When moving through lines w/o cursor past EOL, keeps the X position of the
cursor
When active and act as block indent, unindent when
text is selected
When tabbing, the cursor will go to the next non-white space character of the
previous line
Similar to Smart Tabs, but when you delete characters
Enhances HOME key positioning, similar to visual studio
Enhances END key positioning, similar to JDeveloper
If enabled, then the scrollbars will only show when necessary. If you have ScrollPastEOL, then the horizontal bar will always be there (it uses MaxLength instead)
Disables the scroll bar arrow buttons when you can’t scroll in that direction any
more
When scrolling with page-up and page-down commands, only scroll a half page
at a time
Forces scrolling to be one less
Allows the cursor to go past the end of file marker
Allows the cursor to go past the last character into the white space at the end of
a line
Shows a hint of the visible line numbers when scrolling vertically
The scroll hint follows the mouse when scrolling vertically
Converts a tab character to a specified number of space characters
Spaces at the end of lines will be trimmed and not saved
When undoing/redoing actions, handle all continuous changes of the same kind
in one call instead undoing/redoing each command separately
When clicking with the right mouse for a pop-up menu, move the cursor to that
location
Shows special characters

A.11. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2007 (26)
A.11

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2007 (26)

1.19.4.7 (Dec/23/2007)
• Application option was a bit improved. Now, it is posssible to set
Tinn-R to close previous instance of the viewer (PDF or DVI) in the
Processing/Latex/More options. Makes it easier to compile under Latex, as Miktex will not gives the message: I can’t write the file
... in the DOS prompt. Note that any instance of the viewer
(if opend) with the caption ’FileBeeingCompiled’.pdf will be
closed.
1.19.4.6 (Dec/17/2007)
• A very simple splash screen was added to application starting.
• The functionality of Latex/Accents was improved. Now if you have a
selection in the editor it will be filled inside the brackets ’{}’, otherwise, the simple accent will be inserted.
1.19.4.5 (Dec/14/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A couple of bugs related to the prior version 1.19.4.4 (Dec/13/2007)
were fixed.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
1.19.4.4 (Dec/13/2007)
• The appearance of the Latex symbols now have a better layout, alphabeticalilly ordered. The structure of ini file, related with to it,
was also changed.
• This version enables the user to set two comment(s) character(s): the
main (used for all syntax) and to latex. The options were added to the
main menu Format/Block: it is possible to comment all, uncomment
first and uncomment all. The Application options was a bit reworked
to allow the user to set the preferred latex comment (%, %%, %%%,
etc).
• Some default shortcuts were changed. The ini file related will be
updated to reflect these changes and a backup of the old resource
file will be made at first use of this version.

219

220

WHAT IS NEW?

1.19.4.3 (Dec/12/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related with the new resource Count in latest version
1.19.4.2 (Dec/11/2007) was fixed.
• The tool Markup/Latex was improved.
• Latex Itemization and Enumeration procedures were a bit improved.
• The color of the matched brackets are now user configurable. Set
it at Options/ Syntax and colors/ Preferences/ Brackets(FG).
1.19.4.2 (Dec/11/2007)
• The tool Markup/Latex was improved by adding a toolbar.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The Application options interface was a bit reworked.
1.19.4.1 (Dec/01/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A couple of bugs related to the prior version 1.19.4.0 (Nov/29/2007)
were fixed.
• The structure of the Tinn.ini file and the routine of initialization
were a bit reworked. So, the old backups will not be compatible
anymore with that one and future versions. This version will
recognize the basic old system configurations, but not all preferences. Sorry for the inconvenience.
1.19.4.0 (Nov/29/2007)
• The Main menu was a bit reworked and some options have now a
better logic place.
• The tool Markup was improved by adding a graphical interface to
Latex symbols:
– This is the first approach to a functional latex symbol classification:
Functional LaTeX Symbols Classification Criteria (according with the KISS principle):
1. Empty
2. Natural order (ex: Greek: alpha, beta...; Solar system: Sun, Mercury...)

A.11. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2007 (26)

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Usability
Structural simplicity
Number of straight lines
Number of curved lines
Number of sloped lines
Clock wise rotation

Authors: José Cláudio Faria and Jorge Alexandre Wiendl
Date
: 11/27/2007 00:55:20
KISS
: Keep it simple, stupid

– We would like it if advanced latex users could help us with this
classification;
– The graphical interface is based on the text files organization
of the folder latex, located at Ini files;
– Once the order of the symbols (number controlled) in each
folder is changed, after restarting Tinn-R, it will reflect this order and maintain all functionality. Therefore, it is very flexible;
– It is recommended that the numeration criteria used in the
classification (ex: 001_mysymbol1.gif, 002_mysymbol2.gif)
be maintained;
– With the exception of png, many image formats can be used;
– Please, don’t remove or rename any of the folders or
their names;
– It was a hard task, so, we don’t consider the job finished yet: all
users will be welcome with their contributions.
• The main menu has a new option Insert/Latex. It enables the user to
make Numerical elements: Array, Matrix, Table and Tabbling.
1.19.3.1 (Nov/15/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A couple of bugs related with ini file were fixed.
1.19.3.0 (Nov/12/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A couple of bugs related to the Project interface were fixed and
its interface was enhanced.
– A bug related to the Most Recent Used (MRU) files was fixed.
• All prior Tinn-R version of the release 1.19.3.X were considered prereleased (restricted to beta testers only). Many thanks to all testers.

221

222

WHAT IS NEW?
• Good news for Sweave users: debug, i.e, send line by line a Sweave
script, was enhanced. Now, Tinn-R will search automatically
only inside of the chunks and will disregard all LaTeX texts. You
must start this resource inside of any chunk.
• The structure of the Tinn.ini file was a bit reworked. So, the old backups will not be compatible anymore with that one and future versions. This version will recognize the basic old system
configurations, but not all preferences. Sorry for the inconvenience.
• The default ini file for main shortcuts was changed from shortcuts.bin to shortcuts.txt. Therefore, any old preferences will be
lost. It will be ncessary to define all the personal preferences again.
Sorry for the inconvenience.
• The main component SynEdit was updated to the latest stable version (2.0.6).
• The Search results have now the same appearance of the Text highlighter.
• In Tools the interface Tags was renamed to Markup. The next resource (we are working in it) will be related with LaTeX.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The Application options interface was a bit reworked.
• The pop-up menu of Project interface was a bit enhanced.
• The status bar functionality was a bit enhanced. Now you can click
inside a specific panel to change the options.
• The way as Tinn-R closes the Rgui was enhanced.
• The way the brackets are highlight (parent matching) was changed.
Now it will contrast with the color with the Active line highlighted;
see in (Options/Main/Application).
• The Results interface was a bit reworked and has now new resources:
Ini log and a new button enabling full expansion. It is a good idea
to check the content of the Ini log if any thing is wrong.

1.19.2.3 (Mar/05/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• This version enables you to compile LaTeX files with bibtex option:

A.11. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2007 (26)

1.19.2.2 (Feb/22/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
1.19.2.1 (Feb/19/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The first approach to a easy R package manager was implemented:

• To avoid R flicker, if TCP/IP connection is active and the R output is
visible, the Clear console (F9) and Clear all (F12) will not work on
the R console. We will be searching for the best solution.
1.19.2.0 (Feb/16/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the prior version and R toolbar was fixed.
1.19.1.13 (Feb/13/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug that occurred when organizing the main toolbar, in the
first use, was fixed.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.

223

224

WHAT IS NEW?
• An experimental graphical interface for tags was added to the program. It was made by adding a new tab named Tags on the panel
Tools and it will aid the user to write Txt2tags, TeX, HTML and others
from Tinn-R in graphical mode. In the current version only Txt2tags
interface was implemented.
• The structure of the Tinn.ini file was a bit reworked. So, the old backups will not be compatible anymore with this and future versions.
This version will recognize the basic old system configurations, but
not all preferences. Sorry for the inconvenience.
• The main menu View/Tools was a bit reworked and has new resources.
• The Tools window has now a new pop-up. It enables you to choose
the visible pages:

1.19.1.12 (Feb/11/2007)
• Search and Replace interface was a bit reworked.
1.19.1.11 (Feb/07/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the prior version and R toolbar (flicker) was
fixed.
1.19.1.10 (Feb/04/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The Tinn-R card was updated.
• The Application options interface was a bit reworked and the R
resource visibles was enhanced. Now if this option is not marked, all
R resources will not be visible.
• A new option was added to the main menu View: R resources visible.

A.11. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2007 (26)
1.19.1.9 (Jan/25/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to R toolbar was fixed.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
1.19.1.8 (Jan/24/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
1.19.1.7 (Jan/23/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Bugs related to selection in ’smLine’ mode, were fixed. Many
thanks to SynEdit team.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The main component SynEdit was updated to the latest version.
1.19.1.6 (Jan/21/2007)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the project interface was fixed.
– Small bugs, related to the editor in split mode (vertical or horizontal), were fixed.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
1.19.1.5 (Jan/09/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• Small adjustments were made to the program interface.
1.19.1.4 (Jan/05/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The use of clipboard between R and Tinn-R was enhanced. For
example, instructions such as the ones below are now possible:
a <- round(rnorm(1000), 2)
b <- round(rnorm(1000), 2)
c <- round(rnorm(1000), 2)
d <- data.frame(a, b, c)
write.table(d, file="clipboard")

225

226

WHAT IS NEW?
Tinn-R is frozen until R releases the clipboard. Thanks to Igor Kojanov for pointing out the problem and the soluction’s direction.
• In the first use of the program, default options were changed.
• The R/Database interface was reworked:
– A new option enabling the user to restore the original database
was added.
– After changes it is necessary to type Save. Otherwise, a ll changes
will be lost when closing the interface.
– The button Save and close was removed.

1.19.1.3 (Jan/04/2007)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• Menu R was a bit reworked.
• Icons were changed.
• In the first use of the program, default options were changed.
• The R/Database interface was a bit reworked. It now has a new
option enabling the user to restore the original database.
1.19.1.2 (Jan/01/2007)
• The menu R was a bit reworked and now has a new option: Customize. It enables the user to customize the files Rcompletion.r and
Rconfigure.r. Before that, administrator privileges were necessary
to personalize these very useful files.
• The folder where Tinn-R stores its internal files has now a new subfolder named custom that stores the files Rcompletion.r and Rconfigure.r. It will be also included in backups of the system configuration.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
A.12

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)

1.19.1.1 (Dec/27/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to version ’1.19.1.0’ and ’midas.dll’ was fixed:
the content of this dll was compiled inside the binary code to
avoid its redistribution.
1.19.1.0 (Dec/26/2006)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The DBase database (RCard and RTip) was upgraded to the native
XML engine provided by Borland. It is very small, stable and fast.
– Therefore, do not restore the database from old versions to the
new ones.
– It will be easier to integrate R and Tinn-R in the future.
1.19.0.18 (Dec/13/2006)
• The Print resource was a bit reworked: it will always close the print
dialogue after pressing the Print option.
• The Application options was a bit reworked.
• Two non-configurable shortcuts were added:
1. CTRL + (: insert (or replace) (|)
2. CTRL + ): insert (or replace) ()
• A new folder named custom was added to the program folders. It contains two customizable files: Rcompletion.r and Rconfigure.r:
1. Rcompletion.r: allows the user to customize the new auto
completion resource (described below);
2. Rconfigure.r: allows the user to customize the R configuration.
• The first approach of auto completion was implemented and the
default keystroke is CTRL + J, but the user can customize it in the
Editor options: Options/Main/Editor/Keystrokes. Use it, after any
valid word, by pressing the keystroke. For example:

227

228

WHAT IS NEW?

if to obtain:
if (| < )
ifc to obtain:
if (| < ) {
}
fo to obtain:
for (i in 1:i|)

foc to obtain:
for (i in 1:|) {
}
sw to obtain:
switch(|,
a = ' ',
b = ' ',
)
wh to obtain:
i = 0
while (i < |) {
i = i + 1
}
eq to obtain:
\begin{equation}\label{eq_01}
|
\end{equation}

Observations:
1. Only two letters were used to define simple structures (for
example: fo = for, fu = textitfunction);
2. Considering the above, letter c was added to complete or more
complex structures (for example: foc, fuc);
3. If there are no conflict among the names in the Rcompletion
file, the first letter is enough. For example: s = swc. If there are
conflicts, it will be necessary to add more letters to complete
the diferentiation;
4. The | symbol is used to define where the cursor will first stop
after the auto completion;

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
5. To better understand it, have a look at the file Rcompletion.r
within the folder custom where the program was installed and
do your own tests.
1.19.0.17 (Dec/10/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– When both options Organize screen and Return focus were
marked, it triggered a bug, which has been fixed.
1.19.0.16 (Dec/08/2006)
• The Main menu was reworked and several options now have a better
logic place.
1.19.0.15 (Dec/07/2006)
• The Main menu was reworked and several options now have a better
logic place.
1.19.0.14 (Dec/06/2006)
• The interfaces Search text and Replace text were reworked.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• It is now possible to increase and decrease (non-permanent) the
font size of any individual file easily:
(plus (+) on the numeric keypad): INCREASE (upper limit is 50)
(minus (-) on the numeric keypad): DECREASE (lower limit is 1)

1.19.0.13 (Dec/04/2006)
• All images of the documentation were updated to the latest version.
1.19.0.12 (Dec/04/2006)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• The way as the opened files are closed was enhanced. Now, if any file
was changed and the user chooses Cancel, the current procedure
will be canceled too. For example, closing: projects, all right, all left,
etc.

229

230

WHAT IS NEW?

1.19.0.11 (Nov/30/2006)
• The Application options was a bit reworked. Now the user can set
the initialization parameters of Rgui. Set it at Application options/R/General/Rgui (Parameters and path).
1.19.0.10 (Nov/30/2006)
• The Project interface was a bit enhanced.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
1.19.0.9 (Nov/29/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to the Project and associated with the prior version of Tinn-R (1.19.0.8) was fixed.
1.19.0.8 (Nov/28/2006)
• The pop-up menus related to the Project, and to the Editor, were a
bit reworked with respect to Put full path in the clipboard option.
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• Search text and Replace text interface were reworked.
1.19.0.7 (Nov/27/2006)
• If the variable rGuiPreferred is empty (as in the first use) in the ini
file, Tinn-R will check in the Windows registry at HKLM\R-core\R to
find the path where Rgui.exe was installed. So, if the user want to
use Tinn-R with R console, it is no longer necessary to set it in
the Application options.
1.19.0.6 (Nov/23/2006)
• The command Send line to R was enhanced. Now, whenever the
user set it not to send comment lines, and the current line is either
commented or empty, Tinn-R will search below towards the end
of file, for the first not commented or empty line and will send it
automatically. Also, it will always search below towards the end of
the file, for the first not commented or empty line. So, the user’s
work when sending line by line will be reduced.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)

231

1.19.0.5 (Nov/21/2006)
• The Application options was a bit reworked. Now the user can decide whether the position of the Tinn-R and Rgui windows will be
organized automatically or not, when Rgui is running. Set it at Application options/R/Organize.
1.19.0.4 (Nov/18/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug associated with the use of CTRL + to insert content of
the tip with ’R complex’ and another was fixed.
1.19.0.3 (Nov/17/2006)
• Now Tinn-R has four multi-highlighters: HTML complex, PHP complex, R complex and Sweave:
1.
2.
3.
4.

HTML complex = HTML & JavaScript
PHP complex = HTML & JavaScript & PHP
R complex = R & URI ('<<<' begin URI '>>>'
Sweave = TeX & R ('>>=' begin R '@' end R)

end URI)

URI : Uniform Resource Identifiers.
R: complex: The main syntax is R, '<<<' and '>>>' the tags enable the user
to insert a block of URI syntax.
Sweave: The main syntax is TeX, '>>=' and '@' the tags enable the user
to insert a block of R syntax.

The SynHighlighterURI unit implements an URI syntax highlighter for SynEdit.
Recognition of URIs is based on the information provided in the document
"Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax" of "The Internet Society",
that can be found at http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt.
Also interesting is http://www.freesoft.org/CIE/RFC/1738/33.htm which describes
general URL syntax and major protocols.
These protocols are recognized:
------------------------------http://
https://
ftp://
mailto:
news: or news://
nntp://
telnet://
gopher://
prospero://
wais://

232

WHAT IS NEW?

As well as commonly used shorthands:
-----------------------------------someone@somewhere.org
www.host.org

Example of R complex:
# <<< http://www.r-project.org/ >>>
# <<< joseclaudio.faria@terra.com.br >>>
# <<< phgrosjean@sciviews.org >>>
mean(rnorm(100))

or
# <<< http://www.r-project.org/
#
joseclaudio.faria@terra.com.br
#
phgrosjean@sciviews.org >>>
mean(rnorm(100))

Therefore, by pressing CTRL and right button of the mouse on any
valid link, it is possible to follow the link (browser, client of email,
etc).
• Menu Options was a bit reworked to enable the user to set R or R
complex as the default syntax.
1.19.0.2 (Nov/09/2006)
• The option Automatically configure R (Rprofile.site) was
enhanced. Now the user can now decide whether the changes will
be temporary (on the current session only) or permanent (editing
automatically the Rprofile.site file). For both, if necessary, the user
can edit (customize) the file Rconfigure.r in the folder doc/English
where Tinn-R is installed. So we think this new resource is now more
powerful and flexible.
• The Application options was reworked. Now it is possible to set the
position of the Tinn-R window (top, bottom, left or right with respect
to the Rgui). Left or right positions are recommended only
for very large screens. Set it at Application options/R/Organize.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
1.19.0.1 (Nov/07/2006)
• One new option Automatically configure R (Rprofile.site)
was added to the R main menu. It will enable the user to automatically configure the Rprofile.site file with all packages which are
necessary to work efficiently. If any of those are not found, R will
download and install them when starting.
1.19.0.0 (Nov/06/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Bugs when opening files in Tinn-R by double clicking from
Windows Explorer were fixed. In other words, the interaction
with Windows Explorer was enhanced.
– A bug associated with SHIFT+ESPACE was fixed.
• Tinn-R has now a new logo/image identity which reflects its natural
evolution.
• The sources codes were deeply remade and optimized.
1.18.7.3 (Oct/30/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug was fixed: from now on, whenever the user starts
R inside Tinn-R, it will open automatically in the SDI mode,
otherwise, in the default mode defined in the Rconsole configuration file. Also, if any file happens to be open, and active,
the R Working Directory will be set to its path. Otherwise, it
will be set to the default path (../bin) where R was installed.
– Bugs with TCP/IP protocol (associated with the prior version
1.18.7.2) were fixed: sorry for this. By the way, we would like
to remember the users there are still some unsolved problems
with R output under this protocol. For example, the codes below:
f <- function(x)
x/10 + 1

or, i.e, any instruction with more than one single line,
a <- 0
for (i in 1:20) {
a = i
if(a <= 5 ) {

233

234

WHAT IS NEW?

cat('a = ', a, '(<= 5)'); cat('\n')
next
}
if(a == 18) {
cat('a = ', a, '(= 18)'); cat('\n')
break
}
}

will always generate errors. We’ve been working hard in order to
solve it, but it is not easy! Moreover, consider that this protocol’s
main objective is to be used with R explorer interface and any
other use is still experimental.
1.18.7.2 (Oct/30/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug, when closing the Rgui and the choice of Cancel,
was fixed.
• The Application options was reworked a little bit. The options enabling the user to set Tinn-R to always show Tips and Completion
were removed. We think it was an annoyance. Now, the triggers can
be used to do that.
• One new function was added both in the R toolbar and the R menu:
Toogle start/close. It will enable the user to start/close the preferred
user Rgui.
• From now on, whenever the user starts R inside Tinn-R, it will open
automatically in the SDI mode, otherwise, in the default mode defined in the Rconsole configuration file. Also, if there is any opened
file, the R Working Directory will be set to its path. Otherwise, it
will be set to the default path (../bin) where R was installed.
• Several parts of the source code were optimized.
• The performance of the communication with the R server (under all
protocols) was enhanced. Now the user can to try to set the delay for
computational synchronization (Options/Main/Application/R/R
server) to small values (50, 80 or 100 ms, in harmony with the hardware). We recommend testing different delays until a good performance is obtained.
• Icons of Controlling R were remade.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
1.18.7.1 (Oct/26/2006)
• Many cosmetic changes were made to the program’s interface and
documentation.
1.18.7.0 (Oct/25/2006)
• All the HTML documentation of Tinn-R was easily remade; we became very tired of the blue colour: txt2tags is an exceptional tool!
• From now on (Enio Jelihovschi - a new Tinn-R member) is responsible for the production and quality of all Tinn-R documentation.
Welcome Enio, we wish you have a good work on board.
• One new function was added both to the R toolbar and the R menu:
TCP/IP toggle connetion.
1.18.6.13 (Oct/24/2006)
• Parts of the source code were optimized.
• Tools/Sort was enhanced: it now enables you to sort by Strings,
Numbers and Dates.
• Popup menu associated with tabs was a bit reworked.
• The speller now will advise whenever it finishes the corrections.
1.18.6.12 (Oct/22/2006)
• Several parts of the source code were optimized.
• Popup menu associated with the Tabs was enhanced. It now additionally enables you to close all files located at the right or left
from the active tab.
• Main menu File was a bit remade.
• Popup menu editor was a bit remade.
1.18.6.11 (Oct/20/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug associated with main menu, Tools was fixed.

235

236

WHAT IS NEW?

1.18.6.10 (Oct/20/2006)
• Several parts of the source code were optimized.
• R explorer performance was enhanced. Now you can to try to set
the delay for computational synchronization (Options/Main/Application/R/R server) to small values (50, 80 or 100 ms, in harmony
with your hardware). We recommend testing different delays until
you obtain a good performance.
• We also recommend you to use the resources of R explorer under
TCP/IP protocol (it makes the Rgui console cleaner). By the way,
there are still some unsolved problems with R output under this
protocol.
• Window About was remade.

1.18.6.9 (Oct/17/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug associated with CTRL + W shortcut closing two
files instead of just one, was fixed.
• The Application options was somehow reworked. When closing it,
the screen will not be organized. Therefore it will be necessary to
toggle it on the main menu View/Organise screen or in the toolbar
Tools.
• The options Send selection will be enabled only if any selection was
done.

1.18.6.8 (Oct/10/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug associated with Status bar was fixed.
• The Application options was reworked. It is now possible to set the
position of R (top or bottom) on Organize screen resource by using
Application options/R/General/settings.
• Clipboard actions were enhanced.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
1.18.6.7 (Oct/08/2006)
• A new option Organize screen was added to the menu View and the
button associated to it was added to the bar Tools. This has been,
up to now, an old user’s request, and it enables you to put, in a fast
way, the R Console on the top of the screen and the Tinn-R on
the bottom.
• Tools/Sort was enhanced: now it maintains the file in the original
Top line position.
• The way project files (*.tps) are opened was changed: the textual file
(by default) will not be opened anymore. The user, now, can easily
edit the file in the Project interface.
1.18.6.6 (Oct/06/2006)
• A new option Sort was added to menu Tools. This enables the user
to sort an entire file (any selection mode) or selection (for while only
for smNormal and smColumn).
• Popup menu editor was reworked.
• Icons of R explorer were changed.
1.18.6.5 (Oct/03/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug related to Spell, that always broke down when finding
< or <- symbol, was fixed. The origin of this bug was a component conflict (hard coded) among the HTML brackets, declared as below:
– A bug associated to Project/Close entire project was fixed.
const
OpenBracket: array[THTMLBracket] of PChar=('<', '', '%>');

and the R assign symbols:
<<<->
->>

Therefore, if any file has HTML syntax (with any of those tags
above) all text among the declared brackets is free of speller.
We believe that will work nicely from now on.

237

238

WHAT IS NEW?

1.18.6.4 (Oct/01/2006)
• The Shortcuts customization interface was reworked.
1.18.6.3 (Sep/29/2006)
• The Shortcuts customization interface was remade, we think it is
now more user friendly.
• There is a new button in the interface above, that enables the user
to restore the main default Tinn-R shortcuts.
1.18.6.2 (Sep/28/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug associated with the buttons icons of Tools/R explorer related with version 1.18.6.1 was fixed.
1.18.6.1 (Sep/28/2006)
• Version 1.18.6.0 was updated, due to some problems detected in file
default.bin. Accordingly, we strongly recommended that, before
using this new version, the user manually removes that file. In order
to help the user in finding out where Tinn-R stores all the ini files,
a new option was added to the main menu Tools named Ini files.
The default.bin file is located in the sub-folder shortcuts. Therefore,
go to the folder and delete it. Sorry for the inconvenience.
1.18.6.0 (Sep/26/2006)
• Several parts of the source code were optimized.
• Menu and pop-up menu options were remade and some icons replaced/changed.
• A new option Shortcuts customization was added to the menu Options. This will enable the user to manage (edit, load and save) all
actions of Tinn-R interface. The latest in use will be always reloaded
when restarting the program.
1.18.5.12 (Sep/15/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A few small bugs pointed out by users were fixed.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
1.18.5.12 (Sep/13/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug, which has been happening whenever the user
opens the first file located in the floppy drive and access this
floppy in subsequent files, was fixed.
1.18.5.11 (Sep/12/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug, related to versions 1.18.5.9 and 1.18.5.10, associated with menu File/Save as, was fixed.
1.18.5.10 (Sep/11/2006)
• The command Send line to R was enhanced. Now, whenever the
user sets it not to send comment lines, and the current is either
commented or empty, Tinn-R will search below to the end of file,
for the first not commented or empty line.
1.18.5.9 (Sep/10/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug associated with dragging files in project interface
was fixed. Before, whenever you changed files among groups
it would not be associated with changes.
• One new function was added both to the R toolbar and the R menu:
Set work directory (current file path).
• The icons associated with Computer interface (Add and Remove
favorite folder) were replaced.
• Tinn-R now recognizes all valid extensions for any syntax when saving files. For example, the new valid R extensions are: *.r, *.Rhistory,
*.q, *.s and *.ssc; so, whenever you type:
– Myfile - it will be saved as Myfile.r (the first extension is the
default);
– Myfile.R - it will be saved as Myfile.R (R is a valid extension
and Tinn-R is now case insensitive for that purpose);
– Myfile.Rhistory - it will be saved as Myfile.Rhistory (Rhistory is a valid extension);

239

240

WHAT IS NEW?
– Myfile.help - it will be saved as Myfile.help.r (help it is not
a valid extension and *.r is the default);
– PS: in order to save any file with any extension, you must
choose All syntax.
• Whenever the tab file has the focus, a new associated pop-up menu
is available with the following options: Close, Close others and Close
all.
• The way Tinn-R opens and closes a project, was changed. Now, any
*.tps (from any source) will also be opened in the Project interface
and all files of the project will be closed only and only if you choose
the option Close entire project.
• The Project interface was isomehow enhanced. Now, the user can
type DELETE to delete either groups or files, INSERT to add files to
selected groups and to add the current file to
the selected group.

1.18.5.8 (Ago/03/2006)
• Tinn-R version 1.18.5.7 was pre-released (restricted to developers
only).
• The conflict between the Editor option/Alt sets column mode and
the possible user option Format/Selection mode/Column was fixed.
1.18.5.7 (Ago/01/2006)
• A first approximation to build a speller in Tinn-R was made.
• To install this new resource do the following:
1. Close Tinn-R;
2. Download the dictionaries
http://www.luziusschneider.com/Speller/English/index.htm
that you want and install it from the installer (for example ISpEnFrGe.exe).
• It is very simple, works nice, has power and all resources are opensource.
• For a while this component did not recognize the main SynEdit
component used for edition. Consequently, it was necessary to do
the spelling in two steps, making the correction in a new page (Spell)
on Results interface.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
• Whenever it finds any selection, the correction will be made
only for it, as well as for subsequent updates (or for subsequent
update).
• The basic edition resources of the Spell are available in a pop-up
menu.
• In the meanwhile, please consider this new resource as still experimental and under development.
1.18.5.6 (Jun/24/2006)
• The highlighters All and Text were remade.
1.18.5.5 (May/29/2006)
• Save and Save as were remade. Thank you John for the good suggestion.
• The user can change the selection mode by clicking the mouse anywhere in the Main status bar. The order of the changes is sensitive
to:
– Left - corresponds to the menu Format/Selection mode bottom to top order;
– Right - correspond to top to bottom order.
• Tinn-R now recognizes the RGUI JGR. In the meanwhile, please
consider it as still experimental.
1.18.5.4 (May/28/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small bugs (detected in version 1.18.5.3) were fixed.
1.18.5.3 (May/27/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small bugs (detected in prior versions) were fixed:
Open PDF files;
Appearance of the panel Results;
Icons association from the pop-up menu RCard.
• Small changes were made to the icons.
• A single click mouse in the editor gutter now selects the entire line.

241

242

WHAT IS NEW?
• Window About was reworked.
• Window Credits (previously called Information) was updated to
reflect the lastest changes.
• The echo of the instructions sent to R interpreter (visible in R output
window) is now optional in Tinn-R. In order to set it up, you can
mark/unmark the option R output echo on in Options/Main/Application/R/General/Settings. If it is marked the R output window
will show the instructions (not for all options of send to R) and the
R output. Please, remember that all these resources are still experimental and not too interactive.

1.18.5.2 (May/22/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small icon changes and bugs corrections.
1.18.5.1 (May/20/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug related with reload was fixed. Many thanks to
Michael Prager for pointing this out to us.
– A couple of small bugs (pointed out by users) were fixed.
• Tinn-R versions 1.18.4.6 and 1.18.5.0 were considered pre-released
(restricted to developers only).
• All icons were changed. Thanks to Philippe for the hard work of its
selection and organization. We hope you like this new look.
• All syntax are now alphabetically ordered.
• Whenever the user chooses Save or Save as Tinn-R will to try to
recognize the active syntax and the related file extension.
• The images of the files ReadMe.html, LizesMoi.html, LeiaMe.html
and LeaMe.html were changed so that they reflect the latest changes.
• Several parts of the source code were optimized.
• Editor options interface was a bit reworked.
• The Search in files and R output interface were reworked.
• Menu R was a bit reworked.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
• Now, the user can choose which R resources, related to Send to R and
Controlling R, will be visible. To do that, two options are available:
Application options/R/R menu and toolbar and a pop-up menu
associated to R toolbar.
1.18.4.5 (Apr/07/2006)
• The recommendation that, under Windows XP, the user should configure the appearance of windows and buttons to Classic style
of Windows (not for XP style) is no longer used. In other words,
the old conflict among the XPMenu component that Tinn-R uses
and Windows the XP skins was fixed.
1.18.4.4 (Apr/02/2006)
• The menu Help was reworked and new options were added to it.
The basic idea is to show how the HTML files are created by using
the tool converter txt2tags and, the most important, it now enables the users to help us with the constructions and corrections of these files. So, sorry for any language mistake, but
my native language (JosÃ© ClÃ¡udio Faria) is not English and I don’t
want to annoy anyone, anymore, with English corrections. If possible, please help us, because these documents could be useful to
many other users.
• Tool Computer has now two new buttons that enables the user to
add and remove favorite folders.
• Application options interface was reworked. Now it enables user to
set how the DOS console will be shown for compilation.
• As a consequence, the Tools menu and Processing toolbar also have
the related options.
• For both file compilation (’.tex’ to ’.dvi’) or (’.tex’ to ’.pdf’) whenever
the Open always after compilation (option) is marked, Tinn-R will
freeze while waiting for the MikTeX compilation to open the compiled file, in the other way it will not. In another words, whenever
the Open always after compilation (option) isn’t checked Tinn-R
will not freeze and the user can continue normally his job.
• Tinn-R now is closed with //Yap (Yet Another Previewer)// as
DVI viewer, because it is the default released with MikTeX distribution, and it is a very nice and fast DVI viewer. Tinn-R will open
only a single instance of the Yap, but allowing as many files as the
user whishes.

243

244

WHAT IS NEW?
• If the user uses the function utils:::setWindowTitle(paste("-",getwd()))
in Rprofile.site, Tinn-R still recognizes Rgui in SDI mode (it was not
the case in previous versions between 1.18.X.X and 1.18.4.3).

1.18.4.3 (Mar/28/2006)
• Tinn-R versions 1.18.3.1, 1.18.3.2, 1.18.4.0, 1.18.4.1 and 1.18.4.2 were
considered pre-released (restricted to developers only).
• The structure of the Tinn-R ini files was changed again:
..\Tinn-R
:
..\Tinn-R\data
:
dbRtip.dbt, dbRTip.ndx and
..\Tinn-R\ini
:
..\Tinn-R\ini\colors
:
..\Tinn-R\ini\syntax
:
..\Tinn-R\ini\syntax bkp :
..\Tinn-R\syntax
:
..\Tinn-R\temp
:

ReadMe.txt file;
dbRcard.dbf, dbRcard.dbt, dbRCard.ndx, dbRtip.dbf,
ReadMe.txt files;
Shortcuts.tinn, Tinn.ini and ReadMe.txt
customColors.ini and ReadMe.txt
C#.ini, C++.ini, ... , XML.ini and ReadMe.txt;
temporary syntax file and ReadMe.txt;
deplate.xml, txt2tags.xml and ReadMe.txt.
temporary files.

So, the old backups will not be compatible anymore with this and future
versions. This version will recognize the basic old system configurations, but
not all syntax preferences. Sorry for the inconvenience, but, it was necessary.
From now on, Tinn-R will make real system (all ini files) backup of your
settings and preferences.

• Two useful tools for file conversion were added: deplate and txt2tags.
For deplate, the extension .dlpt was proposed, and for txt2tags
Tinn-R recognizes .t2t. The basic highlighters, based on XML, were
proposed for both. We hope users can help us in the development. Also, the interface for syntax colors preferences for both
are different from the already known Tinn-R interface. So, please
consider that it is working nicely, but that it will be temporary.
• Tinn-R now enables you to compile LaTeX files with MikTeX and
view the DVI and PDF results (Yap and Acrobat) and also to see HTML
files in your preferred browser starting from Tinn-R.
• Application options interface was reworked. It now enables you to
set the basic preferences for file conversion, file compilation and
viewers.
• As a consequence the Tools menu and toolbar have new options to
file conversion, compilations and file view.
• All help files were changed from ’.txt’ to ’.html’ using the new txt2tags
tool inside Tinn-R: we hope you like the new resources.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)

245

• Several parts of the source code were optimized.
• Menu Web was reworked.
• Menu Help was reworked.
1.18.3.0 (Mar/16/2006)
• The structure of the Tinn-R ini files was changed:
..\Tinn-R
:
..\Tinn-R\data
:
dbRtip.dbt, dbRTip.ndx and
..\Tinn-R\ini
:
..\Tinn-R\ini\colors
:
..\Tinn-R\ini\syntax
:
..\Tinn-R\ini\syntax bkp :
..\Tinn-R\temp
:

Therefore, old backups will not be compatible with this and next versions
anymore. This version will recognizes the basic old system configurations,
but not the syntax preferences. Sorry for the inconvenience, but they were
necessary. From now on, Tinn-R will make real system (all ini files) backup of
your settings and preferences.

• Syntax color preferences interface was reworked and it has new options.
• Tinn-R has three multi-highlighters: Sweave, HTMLcomplex and
PHPcomplex:
1. Sweave = TeX & R
2. HTML complex = HTML & JavaScript
3. PHP complex = HTML & JavaScript & PHP
These highlighters have no priorities when you set the syntax color preferences. Thus, if you change the color preferences of any of these multihighlighters (Sweave, HTML complex and PHP complex) these settings will
be valid only in the current Tinn-R session and will not be saved when Tinn-R
is closed. So, if you want to make permanent changes, set the preferences
from all simple highlighters (R, TeX, HTML, JavaScript and PHP).

• Menu Option/Syntax was reworked.
• A lot of the source code was optimized.
• All Tinn-R color dialogs were reworked and they automatically save
and recover all preferred colors.

246

WHAT IS NEW?

1.18.2.1 (Mar/08/2006)
• Some aspects of Syntax color preferences interface were optimized.
• Replace text and Search text interface now recognize if more than
one text line was selected and set the option Selected text only automatically.
1.18.2.0 (Mar/06/2006)
• Now Tinn-R has three multi-highlighters: Sweave, HTMLcomplex
and PHPcomplex:
1. Sweave = TeX & R
2. HTMLcomplex = HTML & JavaScript
3. PHPcomplex = HTML & JavaScript & PHP
These highlighters have no priorities when you set the syntax color preferences. Thus, if you change color preferences of any of these simple highlighters (Sweave, HTMLcomplex or PHPcomplex) these settings will be valid
only in the current Tinn-R session and will not be saved when Tinn-R is
closed. So, if you want to make permanent changes, set the preferences of
all these simple highlighters (TeX, R, HTML, JavaScript and PHP) from the
multi-highlighters (Sweave, HTMLcomplex and PHPcomplex) respectively.

• Several parts of the source code were optimized.
• Tools/Project interface was reworked; now it has new resources.
1.18.1.10 (Feb/18/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with Sweave highlighter related to color preferences was fixed. In fact, Sweave highlighter is a multi-highlighter
made from prior R and TeX highlighters. So, if you set the color
of the background to all TeX elements (comment, space, etc)
with the same color (gray for example), you can get the Sweave
syntax with two background colors: one for TeX (gray) and
another to R (white).
– A small bug with View/Line numbers was fixed.
1.18.1.9 (Feb/18/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with menu Edit/Undo and Edit/Redo was fixed.
Many thanks to users for pointing this out.

A.12. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2006 (64)
– A small bug with menu Edit/Undo and Edit/Redo was fixed.
Many thanks to users for pointing this out.
• Sweave syntax highlighter was added to Tinn-R with .rnw and .snw
extensions. For Tinn-R the delimiters are:
>>=
@

start a R block
close it.

• Sweave provides a flexible framework for mixing text and S code for
automatic document generation. A single source file contains both
documentation text and S code, which are then woven into a final
document containing:
1. The documentation text together with
2. The S code and/or
3. The output of the code (text, graphs) by running the S code
through an S engine like R.
Hence, the full power of LaTeX (for high-quality typesetting) and S (for
data analysis) can be used simultaneously. For more information see ?Sweave
from R.

• All combo-box related with files and extensions were reworked and
now they are simpler.
1.18.1.8 (Feb/12/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small bug with Copy of pop-up menu R card was fixed.
– A couple of small bugs (pointed out by users) were fixed.
• Main menu Help and Web were reworked.
• Tinn-R and SciViews-R GUI performance was enhanced.
• Small correction with R explorer interface related to enabled/disabled options.
• Two new options were added to menus R and R toolbar: Edit and
Fix. These options enable you to edit or to fix R objects (if they exist
in the R environment).
1.18.1.7 (Jan/14/2006)
• Small correction with R card and R explorer interface related to
enabled/disabled options.

247

248

WHAT IS NEW?

1.18.1.6 (Jan/10/2006)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small bugs pointed out by users were fixed. Many thanks users!
• A new option GUI Wiki was added to menu Web/R-information
on line. This Wiki was designed mainly to deal with R beginners
problems. Although we would like to emphasize the use R GUIs
(Graphical User Interfaces), this Wiki is not restricted to those GUIs:
one can also deal with command-line approaches. Thus, the main
idea is to have material contributed by both beginners, and by more
advanced R users, that will help novices or casual R users.
• In menus R and R toolbar the position of the buttons was a little
changed for a more logical arrangement; additionally, some icons
were changed and a new and very useful option was added: Example.
• Print/preview, R explorer and R card Interfaces were reworked.
• Under TCP/IP some functions to Controlling R were reworked, which
are now more user friendly.
• Horizontal and vertical splits were deeply reworked. Now they are
more user friendly. In consequence, the main menu View was changed.
• The pop-up menu of the open files was enhanced and two new
options were added: Close all and Close others. The Close others was
also added to the Main menu File. The first enables you to close all
files and the second, all files except the active (current) one. Please
note that both will be enabled only if two or more files are open.
• A lot of procedures and functions were optimized.
1.18.1.5 (Jan/01/2006)
• A Tinn-R card, Help/Tinn-R card (PDF), was added to the project.
Many thanks to Suresh Krishna.
• New interface/options for printing, which now enables you to print
preview with new resources. In consequence, menu File/Print preview was removed.

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)
A.13

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)

1.18.1.4 (Dec/24/2005)
• The extensions ’*.s’ and ’*.ssc’ were added to R syntax.
• New interface/options for printing, which now enables you to choose
the file’s printing range: All, Selection and Pages.
1.18.1.3 (Dec/17/2005)
• The changes (since Tinn-R 1.17.2.6) have been considered stabilized.
• A new option R syntax as default was added to the main options and
menu Options. It enables you to choose if a new file and file without
extension will be opened for edition with R or General syntax as
default.
1.18.1.2 beta (Dec/11/2005)
• Tinn-R version 1.18.1.1 BETA was considered pre-released (restricted
to beta testers only). Many thanks to all testers.
• The pop-up menu of the R explorer was enhanced and new options
were added.
• You can now drag and drop objects from the R explorer to editor.
• Many procedures and functions were optimized.
1.18.1.1 beta (Dec/03/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with the install program (related to desktop shortcut creation) was fixed. The old shortcut was pointing to TinnR.exe.manifest file and not to Tinn-R.exe.
• An experimental R explorer was added to the program. This was
accomplished by adding a new tab named R explorer to the panel
Tools; it enables you to see R objects from Tinn-R. Meanwhile, this
explorer must be updated by the user because it is not automatically
done by the R server. It was based on the SciViews R explorer, but it
is not exactly the same.
• The speed of the procedures/updates with the panel Tools: Computer and Project, were enhanced.

249

250

WHAT IS NEW?
• A new option Send to R was added to the pop-up menu of Project. It
enables you to send the whole project, individual groups or individual files to the server without opening it for edition.
• A new menu option was added to the R menu: Server: connections
and tests. This menu will open a new window of the program that
allows you to connect and test R as server using TCP/IP and DDE
protocol.
– The window Application options was somehow reworked to
reflect the new features of the program (specially TCP/IP protocol to communicate with R server). This resource is still experimental and, under tests, it shows instability. So, if any problem
occurs, disconnect the server Server: connections and tests and
all new resources (using another option - DDE and/or temporary files) will work. In the future the use of TCP/IP protocol
by Tinn-R will be enhanced.
• An experimental code completion was added. For a basic use:
1. Set the options on Application options;
2. Like Tip, if you check Always shown, after the data object type
and ’$’ related completion will be shown;
3. Select the desired completion and press ENTER to make it
work.
A tip: my preferred shortcuts are: ``CTRL + D`` for tip after //(//
and ``CTRL + SHIFT + D`` after '$' for code completion.

• A new menu option was added to the View menu: R output. This
menu will open a new window on the bottom of the program that
allows you to receive the output of the R as server using only TCP/IP
protocol. It is still experimental.
• The communication with R under DDE protocol was enhanced: it
is now faster and more stable.
• Tool Computer now allows you to open (with double click or drag
and drop) any type of files, and no only the ones recognized.
• Two new syntax highlighters were added to Tinn-R:
1. Fortran: useful to R developers;
2. Visual basic: still lives.
• A new pop-up menu was added to the list view of Tools Computer
that enables you to refresh and to choose the view style.
• Many procedures and functions were optimized.

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)
1.17.2.6 (Oct/27/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug related to On top was checked and Tinn-R sometimes minimizes and others times it doesn’t (hides in the taskbar), was fixed. Many thanks to Mihai Nica for pointing that
out.
1.17.2.5 (Oct/25/2005)
• The memory use increases (16 k every second) related to some prior
versions was fixed. Many thanks to users for pointing this out.
• The SynEdit.pas unit component was updated to the latest version
1.428 2005/10/07 21:16:10. So, gutter width was always calculated
using editor font was fixed.
• Shortcut for Format/Block/Mark was changed from CTRL + ALT +
B to CTRL + ALT + S.
1.17.2.4 (Oct/08/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with Options/Syntax/Color preferences related to
Cancel option was fixed.
• The TeX highlighter was a little reworked: now it matches brackets.
Thanks Sheldon Kelly for suggest it.
• The Restore procedure was a little changed: it now checks if any file
or project was changed (and not saved) prior to restart the program.
• The database was a little reworked. So, if you had any old Tinn-R
version installed, we recommend that you restore the data from this
version. To do this, select Tools/Restore/Database from the main
menu and choose the data folder where Tinn-R was just installed,
as a prior backup.
• Main program icon was a little changed (the R is now darker).
1.17.2.3 (Oct/03/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with database (related with version 1.17.2.2 only)
was fixed.

251

252

WHAT IS NEW?

1.17.2.2 (Oct/02/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug with messages below:
"Severe problem! The program cannot be initiated. Please, contact the
developers."
"Access violation at address 'hexa number' in module 'Tinn-R'. Read address
'hexa number'."
It was now fixed. This bug was related to more than one file were selected
from the explorer to be opened and Tinn-R was not running.
So, if Tinn-R is not running (if and only if), avoid to make it because it
will open one instance of Tinn-R and one file (the first in alphabetic
order) only. BTW, if Tinn-R is running, you can select simultaneously any
desired number of files.

– A small bug when you did a global replace in Tinn-R, i.e., Search/Replace/OK/Yes to all, and get the following error message: Assertion failure (D:\...\SynEdit.pas, line 1460), was fixed: thanks
John!
• Tinn-R versions 1.17.1.2 and 1.17.2.1 were considered pre-released
(restricted to beta testers only). Many thanks to all testers.
• The picture, when opening the program, doesn’t appear anymore.
• Main program icon was changed: I hope you like the new one. BTW,
I got problems because some parts of the Windows showed the old
icon and others the new. I spent a lot of time to find the original
problem: ShellIconCache.
SO, IF YOU GET INCORRECT ICON DISPLAYED ON WINDOWS, AFTER INSTALLING THE NEW
VERSION OF TINN-R, PLEASE, READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW:
For acceleration of the show of the icons Windows stores images in the ICON
CACHE (ShellIconCache) a hidden icon cache file in your windows directory.
Sometimes the icon of the object changes, but Windows shows the old icon
instead of the former one. To solve this problem we suggest to use the
program IconChanger (shareware available at http://www.shelllabs.com/).
If you have just installed Tinn-R with new icon but Windows has not changed
the image, the guide advises you to choose REBUILD ICON CACHE and if
it will not help then choose REMOVE ICON CACHE.
If you have chosen REBUILD the icon cache will start reconstructing at
once. If you have chosen REMOVE, you will see the warning message.
Choose YES, and then you should restart your computer.

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)
• If Tinn-R is closed when maximized, when restarted, it will open
maximized but it will remember the last position when not maximized.
• A new shortcut CTRL + ENTER was added. When pressed, Tinn-R
sends the current line (entire) to R interpreter and adds a line break
at cursor position.
• A new toolbar with Undo and Redo was added.
• A new button was added to the Misc toolbar that allows you to
choose how Tinn-R will behave after sending anything to R interpreter, if checked, the focus will return to Tinn-R.
• The function Clear all was updated and it is now faster. If any problem occur with different machines and OS, please, tell us.
• The menu Web was a little reworked and a new option is available:
Web/Tinn-R with links to home page (sciViews), sourceforge server
and check for update (from sciViews server).
• A new menu option Help/Tinn-R citation was added. It enables you
to put the Tinn-R citation in the clipboard.
• After restoring the configurations file, Tinn-R now can close and
restart itself.
1.17.1.1 (Aug/28/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with recent files was fixed.
• Tinn-R versions 1.16.1.9 beta and 1.16.1.10 beta were considered
pre-released (restricted to beta testers only): thanks to all testers.
• The SynEdit component was updated to the latest version (v2.0.1
beta).
• The windows Application options and Editor options were a little
reworked.
• The main menu File was a little reworked.
1.16.1.8 (Aug/07/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with restore database was fixed.

253

254

WHAT IS NEW?

1.16.1.7 (Aug/05/2005)
• Tinn-R version 1.16.1.6 beta was considered pre-released (restricted
to beta testers only): thanks to all testers.
• The R highlighter was a little reworked: identifiers with the minus
signal ’-’ (ex: codes-deprecated) will not be recognized, any more.
• Tinn-R team has a new member working on the source code: welcome Huashan Chen.
• Tinn-R project (source and bin) is now also available from SourceForge. Thanks Huashan.
• The incompatibility of Tinn-R with WinNT 4.0/SP6 has been solved.
Thanks Uwe.
• In R toolbar the position of the buttons was a little changed for a
more logical arrangement.
• After installation, the Tinn-R/data folder contains data.zip (102 KB).
When starting Tinn-R, the files it contains are automatically unpacked, and for each user four files are generated: dbRcard.dbf,
dbRcard.dbt, dbRtip.dbf and dbRtip.dbt plus two (dbRcard.ndx and
dbRtip.ndx) index files. This way, each user has an independent
database.
• Also, now each user has independent configurations files.
• Considering the two topics above, Tinn-R is now multiuser. So, for
instance, you can have an administrator account with full access
to all files for installing programs and maintaining the machine.
But for everyday work, you can log in as main user or normal user
(with restricted access) and run Tinn-R without problems in those
restricted environments. This feature is very useful to educational
purposes in statistical laboratories.
• Only three folders are generated by Tinn-R for each user:
– Windows XP:
Drive:\Documents and settings\UserName\Application data\Tinn-R\ini\
with two files Tinn.ini and Shortcuts.tinn;
Drive:\Documents and settings\UserName\Application data\Tinn-R\data\
with six database files (see above);
Drive:\Documents and settings\UserName\Application data\Tinn-R\temp
for essential temp files (will be automatically removed by Tinn-R after
each session).

– Windows NT:
Driver:\Winnt\Profiles\UserName\Application data\Tinn-R\ini;

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)

Driver:\Winnt\Profiles\UserName\Application data\Tinn-R\data;
Driver:\Winnt\Profiles\UserName\Application data\Tinn-R\temp.

• The database component (TDBF) was updated to the latest version.
• Menu Tools was reworked a little and new options were added to
backup/restore your personal database and configuration files.
1.16.1.5 (Jul/15/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug with project (Save and Save as), related to automatic extension ’.tps’, was fixed.
• Tinn-R now works with R in MDI mode if the device graphic is maximized with no more limitations of the number of device graphic,
as pointed in the Tinn-R 1.15.1.7 (07 Apr 2005).
• If you use the function utils:::setWindowTitle(paste("-",getwd())) in
Rprofile, Tinn-R still recognizes Rgui (was not the case in previous
versions).
• A new menu option (and respective button and hotkey) was added
to the main menu: R/Controlling R/List structure of selected variable
that allows you to list the structure of any R object/variable.
• A new menu (and respective pop-up menu) was added to the main
menu: File/Put full path in clipboard. This option allows you to put
the full path of the file in the clipboard with two options: Unix mode
(../..) or Windows (..\..) (useful to get full path of data files).
• In R toolbar the position of the buttons were a little changed for a
more logical arrangement.
• The menu Format/Block was a little reworked.
1.16.1.4 (May/29/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small bug with Send marked block was corrected.
– Small bug with Search and Search in files were corrected.
• A new button was added to the Misc toolbar that allow you unmark
all marks.
• Menu Format was reworked a little bit.

255

256

WHAT IS NEW?

1.16.1.3 beta (May/22/2005)
• Tinn-R versions 1.15.1.8, 1.15.1.9, 1.15.1.10, 1.15.1.11, 1.16.1.1 and
1.16.1.2 were considered pre-released (restricted to beta testers
only).
• The Tinn-R installer now proposes to associate Tinn-R with ’.Rd’
files (the R help source code).
• The menu Format was changed. There are now two new options:
1. Format/Block/Mark;
2. Format/Block/Unmark.
The first menu allows you to select a given block of code (line start and line
end) to send it at once to the R interpreter and the last menu entry allows you
to clear an existing marked block. Bookmark 0 is used to mark the beggining
of a marked block and bookmark 1 is used to mark its end. Unmark remove
them only if they were marked with the Block/Mark tool. Otherwise, they are
treated as simple bookmarks. Note that, whatever the way you defined them,
you can always change their position as usual. There is a distinct marked
block defined for each open file, and the tools are enabled only if a block is
marked for the current active document.

• As a consequence the R menu and toolbar have new tools to send
the marked block at once R/Send to R/Marked block (source) or line
by line R/Send to R/Marked block to the R interpreter.
• Another new tool was also added to send the current selected text
as a source file to R (and not line by line, as usual).
• The Main toolbar was a little reworked to support the new mark
block option.
• The accuracy of all functions (send to, or, control R ) interacting with
R was enhanced.
• The stability of the databases, respect to duplication of keys, was
enhanced.
• The option Spanish was added to the menu Help/From this version.
It contains:
1. Lea me.html;
2. FAQ.txt;
3. Palabras reconocidas.r.
The translation was made by Jairo Cugliari: thanks Jairo,
very much!

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)
• A R card was added to the program. This was accomplished by
adding a new tab named R card to the panel Tools. The R card was
based on two R card already published: R/Rpad Reference Card by
Tom Short and R reference card by Jonathan Baron.
1. It was made using a user-expandable database (DBase);
2. The component used is named TDBF, it is free (open source),
does not use BDE and it is not necessary to have the database
server. The DB engine code is compiled right into the TinnR executable. TDBF is a native data access component for
Delphi, BCB, Kylix and FreePascal. More information can be
found here.
• As a consequence, the R menu was a little reworked. You have now
two options for the databases:
1. R/Database/Tip for tip management;
2. R/Database/Card for R card management.
• A freeware resource provided by Angus Johnson was added to the
program. It is a very useful Generic Diff Format (GDIFF) named
TextDiff. The GDIFF format can be used to efficiently describe the
differences between two arbitrary files or folders. The format does
not make any assumptions about the type or contents of the files,
and thus can be used to describe the differences between text files
as well as binary files. The work was made adapting the sources
code of the demo project of the component to the Tinn-R project:
thanks Angus, very much!
• As a consequence, the Tools menu has a new tool: Tools/Differences.
• Tinn-R is now more flexible if the screen is split: the functions Send
to R and Controlling R works for both (top or below, left or right)
frames.
• The Ascii chart is now more flexible.
• The menu Format/Selection mode was reworked, new and useful shortcuts were added (see in Main/Editor/Keystrokes): thanks
Zoltan Butt.
• A new field (third field from left) was added to the status bar with
three possible values corresponding to the current selection state
of the editor:
1. smNormal : selection in normal mode;
2. smLine : selection in line mode;

257

258

WHAT IS NEW?
3. smColumn : selection in column mode.
• The files Tinn-R_Read me.html, Tinn-R_Leia me.html (in Portuguese)
and Tinn-R_Lisez moi.html (in French) in the \doc subdirectory of
Tinn-R were updated.
• Seven new syntax highlighters were added to Tinn-R:
1. Rd files (based on the existing TeX highlighter);
2. Tcl/Tk;
3. Ruby;
4. TeX;
5. Python;
6. Bat;
7. HP48.

• The picture, when opening the program, was changed. Tinn-R program is searching for a new logo/image identity. This "tinny" (two
n intentionally), but colorful bird, is a good symbol for the "tinny"
Tinn-R, but rich in nice features regarding the edition of R code!
• The program user interface was reworked a little bit.
• Two hotkeys were changed:
: Tools align left;
: Tools align Right.

• The automatic extensions for all Save action was improved. Now, if
you select All files (*.*) you can save the file with any desired extension or even with no extension at all. Thanks Posta Giovanni.
• The structure of the Tip database was improved. The tip is not limited to 254 characters anymore, because it is now of memo type.
1.15.1.7 (Apr/07/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Minor bug with View/Toolbars/Macro was corrected.
• Tinn-R now works with R in MDI mode if the device graphic is maximized:
1. You can work with 1..11 device graphic ACTIVE maximized;
2. You can work with 1..10 device graphic inactive maximized.

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)

The caption of \RR{} can be:
RGui - [R Graphics: Device 1..11 (ACTIVE)] or
RGui - [R Graphics: Device 1..10 (inactive)]

• The state of the Caps Lock key (keyboard) doesn’t influence any
more the Send to R and Controlling R functions.
• Tools/Project interface was improved with the replacement of the
combo-box by a new dropdown button.
• A new toolbar named Tools with two buttons (Toggle tools visible and
Align tools right/left) was added to the main toolbar, in consequence
the pop-up Tools was removed.
• Project/Recent is now checking for changes in current project.
• The View/Tabs icon was changed.
• The delay for DDE communication with R (for call tips) is now userselectable in the Options/Main/Application dialog box (you need
to load svIDE package from SciViews bundle to use this feature).
If Tinn-R seems to freeze and you got no call tip, just increase the
delay.
• Menu Web and Help were a little reworked and new information in
French and Portuguese were added.
1.15.1.6 beta (Mar/19/2005)
• Open files in Tinn-R with Tools panel was reworked:
1. A file must have no extension or one that Tinn-R recognizes;
2. If the file is not opened there, you can open a copy by double
clicking or dragging it into the main form;
3. With file already opened, you can now open a copy by double
clicking or dragging it in the editor area in Tinn-R;
4. You can drag a project (all files of the project will be opened),
a group (all files of the group will be opened) or an individual
file.
• A new pop-up menu is available for Tools. This menu is related with
visibility and position of the Tools panel.
• The menu Options and View were reworked.

259

260

WHAT IS NEW?

1.15.1.5 beta (Mar/17/2005)
• Project interface was a little reworked and two new options were
added: Expand all and Collapse all groups.
1.15.1.4 beta pre-release (Mar/12/2005)
• Application options was reworked and an option Delay for synchronization was added. Because DDE (Dynamic Data Exchange)
through tcltk and svIDE packages consumes a certain time - that is
variable between different computers - this option allows the user
to customize the Tinn-R delay with the R as server with call-tip. So, it
is very important to adjust this delay until getting high functionality
and performance.
• Project interface was reworked:
1. Only the file names are showen (no more full paths);
2. All nodes of the project can be dragged:
a) If you drag a project all file will be opened;
b) If you drag a group all files of this group will be opened;
c) if you drag a single file it will be opened.
• The Search results interface was reworked and two old bugs (all
versions of Tinn-R that I don’t knew) were fixed.
• In Tools panel/Computer a double click on the Tinn-R project files
(*.tps) will open the project interface. On the other hand, if you drag
this file, the context of the project file will be opened for manual
edition.
1.15.1.3 beta pre-release (Mar/06/2005)
• Changes to projects are monitored now.
• To open files in Tinn-R with Tools panel:
1. A file must have no extension or one that Tinn-R recognizes;
2. If the file is not opened there, you still can drag it into the main
form;
3. If any file is already opened, you can open a copy by double
clicking or dragging it to the page control or to the main menu.
• The R highlight dictionary was updated and about 270 new functions were added to be compatible with R parameters completion
proposal (RPCP) database.

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)
1.15.1.2 beta pre-release (Mar/05/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small (and old) bug with painted symbols ’(’, ’[’, ’{’ inside the
gutter was corrected: thanks Marco!
• A new folder named res with a single file (Tinn-R_img.bmp) was
added to the Tinn-R program.
• The Tinn-R binary is about 350 Kb smaller than version 1.15.1.1.
• The About box was reworked.
• The project combo box was reworked. It is not possible to drag it
any more.
• RegEx was reworked: it is now possible to paste clipboard and use
carriage return in it.
• It is now possible to place the Tools panel at right or left of the main
window.
• Two new hotkeys were added (not user-configurable):
: Tools align left;
: Tools align Right.

• It is possible to dock the R toolbar only at the opposite side of the
Tools panel, not on the same side.
1.15.1.1 beta pre-release (Mar/01/2005)
• A picture was added when opening the program. Thanks Carolina
(my daughter) for basic art creation.
• A new file was added to the project: Tinn-R_shortcuts.txt. It is possible to load the file from Help/Tinn-R/Shortcuts.
• Open dialog for Open file and Add file to project now allow the
selection of multiple files.
• The database was reworked and a new information (location) was
added.
• Tab order of the search/replace interface was reworked.

261

262

WHAT IS NEW?
• Due to the growth of the code source, it is not possible any more to
maintain Tinn-R code synchronized with the original Tinn project.
So, Tinn-R is now a new open source project. The version numbers
is thus changed. The new convention is: AA.BB.CC.DD S/B
That
BB :
CC :
DD :
more

is, AA : major version
minor version
release
build
: beta or pre-release version

• The status bar was reworked.
• A new menu Web was added.
• The About dialog box was reworked.
• The menu Project was completely reworked.
• New panel named Tools (with two tabs: Computer and Project) was
added. This feature will grow up to enhance the interaction with
R interpreter (progressive inclusion of SciViews-R dock Window
feature like the object explorer).
• A new hotkey (not user-configurable) was added: CTRL + / (divide
on the numeric keypad) show/hide the Tools panel.
• Second version of the R parameters completion proposal (call-tip).
It now works with a user-expandable database (DBase) and with a
R server (DDE - Dynamic Data Exchange through tcltk and svIDE
packages). That is, this version communicates with R to get R function arguments directly if a function is not defined in the database.
We thus have: database (priority 1) and R server (priority 2). To use
the R server, the package svIDE (SciViews bundle) must be loaded
in the current R session.
0.0.9.4 r1.15 beta 2 (Feb/11/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small bug with CTRL + Y (delete entire line), CTRL + T (delete
word right from cursor) and CTRL + SHIFT + Y (delete words
from cursor to the end of line) that did not enable the save
options, was corrected.
• The position of the cursor is now preserved when using CTRL + *
(multiply on the numeric keypad) to insert/replace text with parameters of the current R function.

A.13. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2005 (25)
• Send line now works when the cursor is on the end the line.
0.0.9.3 r1.15 beta 1 (Feb/11/2005)
• The problem with Tinn-R 0.0.9.3 r1.15 beta 1 (released 30 Jan 2005)
that stopped working due to expiration of trial period for Delphi
was solved.
• The first version with the R parameters completion proposal (Calltip):
1. It was made with a user-expandable database (DBase), that is,
this version does not communicate with R to guess R function
arguments;
2. The component used is named TDBF, it is free (open source),
does not use BDE and it is not necessary to have the database
server. The DB engine code is compiled right into the TinnR executable. TDBF is a native data access component for
Delphi, BCB, Kylix and FreePascal. More information can be
found here.
• A new hotkey (not user-configurable): CTRL + * (multiply on the
numeric keypad) inserts/replaces text with parameters of the active
function (a call-tip must be visible).
• The Application options was reworked. It is now possible to set the
basic application options for R Call-tip.
0.0.9.3 r1.14 (Feb/11/2005)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Some minor bugs were corrected and the buttons appearance
was a little modified.
– A bug with menu File/Recent files not showing at startup was
fixed.
– A bug which added the file extension twice was fixed. This bug
was related to full name including the extension, like myfile.r,
where Tinn-R recorded it as myfile.r.r.
– A bug with save was fixed.
– A bug with Pascal files extensions was fixed.
– A bug with shortcut of the menu Edit/Select all was fixed.
• The problem with Tinn-R 0.0.9.3 r1.14 (released 30 Jan 2005) that
stopped working due to expiration of trial period for Delphi was
solved.

263

264

WHAT IS NEW?
• New interface/options for printing, it remembers latest choices/preferences.
• About dialog box was reworked.
• The program user interface was a little reworked.
• Most of the interactive R tools do no require any more that files be
saved with a valid S language extension (.r or .q).
• The R highlight dictionary was updated:
1. About five hundred words were added;
2. Fixed a bug with ’_’ in keywords like .decode_package_version.
• This version was compiled with Delphi 7 (Delphi 5 was used for
previous versions).
• With Delphi 7, the default dialogs were re-established. So, psvDialogs is not used any more.
• Menu Format/Block/Uncomment/Firsts occurrence was renamed
to Uncomment First Occurrence.
• Add menu Help/Tinn-R/Changes on Line.

A.14. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2004 (16)
A.14

VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2004 (16)

0.0.9.3 r1.14 beta 9 (Dec/04/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Fixed a bug that caused R GUI window to shrink or expand to
a certain size, whenever code was submitted to Rgui in MDI
mode: thanks Steven!
– Small bug with the function SEND FILE fixed when the file is
set READ ONLY.
• For a while, it is strongly recommended to set the BACKGROUND
COLOR of ALL SUPPORTED LANGUAGES to WHITE.
• The defaults Delphi dialogs were replaced by a new, free and good
suite of components called psvDialogs written by Serhiy Perevoznyk.
Thanks Serhiy! So, the Dialogs are now more pretty.
• Add menu Format/Block/Uncomment first occurrence.
• Search/Replace was improved with the solution proposed for the
0.0.9.0 r1.09 issue. The user can now work in all windows (even
horizontally or vertically splitted): thanks the Tinn Team.
• The user can now work in all window (even horizontally or vertically
splitted) for comment/uncomment blocks.
• The syntax selector on file load was reworked.
• Added C# highlighter instead of that mocked up Java one I had been
using like a fool.
0.0.9.2 r1.14 beta 8 (Oct/2004)
• Menu R\Show and Hide R Toolbar was eliminated. This option is
changed to View\Toolbars\R with others toolbars. It is a more logic
place for this option.
• Menu Editor: line below and top was replaced by Editor: Current
line to top. This improves work alternate with Send: Line to end page
and Editor: Current line to top.
• The send line code was improved.
• The component SK donated by MJT Net was replaced by the sndKeys32.pas written by Ken Henderson and adapted for use in Tinn-R.
This change impacts all send and controlling R function.

265

266

WHAT IS NEW?

0.0.9.1 r1.14 beta 7 (Oct/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Minor bug with menu R/Controlling R (enabled/disabled) was
corrected.
• Tinn and Tinn-R can now run together.
0.0.9.1 r1.14 beta 6 (Sep/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Minor bugs with general appearance (LikeXP, unlike XP) were
corrected.
• Marco de Groot (Mattic Software), old Tinn developer, is the new
co-author of the Tinn-R: welcome Marco!
• Backup and restore were reworked: now the user can choose the
directory.
• Tinn-R is now more user-friendly to run with R: better R open/save
dialogs.
• Save file interface was reworked: R files (*.r; *.q) is now the primary
option.
• Open file interface was reworked: the three major file extensions
are now the first one available:
1. R files (*.r; *.q);
2. Text Files (*.txt);
3. All files (*.*).
• Add menu Help/FAQ.
• Delays in large files were corrected: thank you Marco de Groot.
• About was reworked: mails of all authors are now included.
0.0.9.0 r1.14 beta 5 (Sep/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A small bug in resizing the gutter (respect to autoSize and
bookmarks) was corrected.
– A bug with bracket colors was corrected: it eliminated the
bracket background when the active line highlighting is set to
off.

A.14. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2004 (16)

267

• General stability was improved.
• Appearance was relooked.
0.0.9.0 r1.14 beta 4 (Aug/2004)
• A tooltip was missing in the search in files toolbar button.
• New tools to save/restore configuration files for Tinn-R are now
added.
0.0.9.0 r1.14 (Aug/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– A bug when R and a graph device are maximized and the latter
had the focus is now fixed (nothing happened in this case when
sending data from Tinn-R to R).
Note: Tinn-R 0.0.9.0 r1.13 is now frozen and goes through a wider beta test
Tinn-R 0.0.9.0 r1.14 and over are considered development versions; they may
possibly show some instabilities during development.

• Specific R hotkeys are now automatically activated/deactivated.
• Hotkeys are now permanently set.
• For everyday work, use Tinn-R 0.0.9.0 r1.13
0.0.9.0 r1.13 (Jul/2004)
• Two new functions were added both to the R toolbar and the R
menu: Print content of selected variable and List names of selected
variables. Just experiment with these tools to figure out what they
do (for instance, enter iris in a .R file edited in Tinn-R and try these
two tools while this word is selected).
• The icon for Help on selected word was changed, and the Send file
icon in the R toolbar now has a transparent background.
• The R highlight dictionary was updated (about a hundred words
were added).
0.0.9.0 r1.12 (Jun/2004)
• Bracket matching is reworked back to a more classical presentation:
match brackets are now presented in bold and in a contrasting color
(i.e., red if symbols are in a different color, or blue if symbols are
colored in red).

268

WHAT IS NEW?
• The prior content of the clipboard is now preserved in all Send to R
functions.
• Now the R console is completely cleaned when you use Clear all (previously, commands to clear the console where left at the command
line).

0.0.9.0 r1.11 (Jun/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Minor bug with match bracket was corrected.
• On the menu Options/Application options it is now possible to indicate if R resources are visible or not (switch between plain Tinn and
Tinn-R).
• The menu Tinn to R was renamed R.
• Menu Tools was reworked. Tools/Initiate or Close preferred Rgui are
now included in the R menu.
• Copy Formatted was added to the pop-up menu.
• Behavior of the R Toolbar was improved.
• Automatic match brackets was reworked: current bracket is shown
surrounded by a red rectangle and previous match brackets are
shown surrounded by a background symbol color of the specific
highlighter (user defined). Thus, if the active line is highlighted (Options/Application options) and the cursor is moved throughout a
line of text with some brackets, it is now possible to identify which
brackets have already been matched during the cursor move.
0.0.9.0 r1.10 (May/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Bugs with Search/Search in files/[x] Search in directories were
corrected.
• The Window of the results of the Search/Search in files can now be
moved.
• Project interface was reformulated and pop-up menu is now available.

A.14. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2004 (16)

269

0.0.9.0 r1.09 (Mar/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Minor bugs with ControlBar (on resize for a lesser size that the
ControlBar, close application and start new) and View/Toolbar
(checked/unchecked) menu was corrected.
– A minor bug (Save/Save as) with associated extensions was
corrected.
– A minor bug with hotkeys was corrected.
– A minor bugs with project was corrected.
– A minor bug with tollbar of macro was corrected.
• Comment/Uncomment block was reformulated. This now work like
Tinn-R 0.0.9.0.
• Two new hotkeys (not user configurable) were added:
key (numeric keypad)
will insert/replace text with the attribution symbol '->';
key (numeric keypad)
will insert/replace text with the attribution symbol '<-'.

• Search/Replace was improved. It is possible now to decide if the
occurrence will be, or not, replaced.
Temporarily, and until a better solution is found, to work properly,
if the window is horizontally split the Search/Replace must be made
at the bottom (main) window, because if it's at the top window (secondary)
it doesn't question the confirmation to each substitution of the text occurrence.
If the window is vertically split, the Search/Replace must be made at the
left window (the right window does not question the confirmation to each
substitution of the occurrence). For both, any key will synchronize the split windows.

• Now Tinn-R can initiate (Tolls/Initiate ...) and close (Tolls/Close
...) preferred RGui. For the first, the path of preferred RGui must be
previously set (Options/Application options).
• A new Tinn to R option was implemented: Help selected word.
• Interface (appearance and icons) was reformulated.
• Tinn-R hotkeys’ interface was reformulated. Now it is possible to
choose the desired hotkeys to main actions.

270

WHAT IS NEW?
• On the menu Options/Application options it is possible to choose
the appearance to Tinn-R like WinXP.
• It is possible to get the positions of Tinn-R toolbars (preserved) when
application exits, and restore the next time it is started.
• On the (Edit/Copy formatted) it is possible to copy the native format
and exported it in RTF, HTML and TeX format.
• Improvements were made to the highlighting.
• Now it is possible to open Projects files with one mouse click.

0.0.8.9 r1.08 (Mar/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Small bug with Comment/Uncomment block was corrected.
• Now Tinn-R also runs with R, SciViews-R and S-Plus (the last still
not finalized but it is running if the window Commands or S-PLUS [Commands] have the focus).
0.0.8.9 r1.07 (Feb/2004)
• Specific HotKeys (F1..F11) were implemented for all Tinn to R functions. If and while activated, they overlap all the HotKeys of the
Windows and any application running.
• Tinn-R now generates the two files (Tinn.ini and Shortcuts.ini) on
C:\Documents and Settings\UserName\Application Data (or Dados
de aplicativos)\Tinn\.
• Upgrade Tinn 0.0.8.8 to 0.0.8.9 as changelog.
• A few tweaks were made in brackets highlighting, as per Marco’s
suggestions.
• jcfaria suggested a little fix to the File Search window. Russ put it in.
• jcfaria suggested a change to the RegEx filter interface to check, to
make sure the filter won’t be blank before running it. Russ put that
in.
• Marco suggested a few changes to the open procedure. Now it checks
if the file is changed and allows the user to open the file or not.
• fLineWdith has been commented out.

A.14. VERSIONS RELEASED IN 2004 (16)
• Marco also suggested a few changes to the Search In Files code. Russ
put that in, too.
• Russ pulled out the bitmaps on a few buttons in a few dialogs as per
Marco’s suggestion to keep things unified.
0.0.8.8 r1.06 (Feb/2004)
• Bug(s) fixed:
– Bug = Assertion failure
(c:\arquivos de programas\borland\componentes\synedit\source\SynEditWordWrap.pas,
line149)
Why and when?
if you create a new file and type:

and press

-> bug!

This was corrected: thank you Marco Groot!

0.0.8.8 r1.05 (Feb/2004)
• Comment/uncomment block was implemented: default symbol
used for the comment/uncomment must be set in Options/Application options.
Comment block
: Format/Comment block
.
Uncomment block : Format/Uncomment block .

• Option of Format/Colunm was eliminated: it is better to use this
options (when necessary) keeping ALT pressed. This options are set
in Options/Editor Options/(x)Alt sets column modes.
• ShortCuts to Print and Play macro were set the same = CTRL + P:
F7 : new shortcut to Record Macro
F8 : new shortcut to Play Macro.

271

APPENDIX B

R MANUALS ON CRAN
The R core team creates several manuals for working with R1 .
The platform dependent versions of these manuals are part of the respective R installations. They can be downloaded as PDF files from the URL
given above, or directly browsed as HTML.
http://cran.r-project.org/manuals.html

The following manuals are available:
• An Introduction to R is based on the former “Notes on R”, gives an introduction to
the language and how to use R for doing statistical analysis and graphics.
• A draft of The R language definition documents the language per se. That is, the
objects that it works on, and the details of the expression evaluation process, which
are useful to know when programming R functions.
• Writing R Extensions covers how to create your own packages, write R help files, and
the foreign language (C, C++, Fortran, . . . ) interfaces.
• R Data Import/Export describes the import and export facilities available either in R
itself or via packages which are available from CRAN.
• R Installation and Administration.
• R Internals: a guide to the internal structures of R and coding standards for the core
team working on R itself.
• The R Reference Index: contains all help files of the R standard and recommended
packages in printable form, (approx. 3000 pages).

1 The manuals are created on Debian Linux and may differ from the manuals for Mac or
Windows on platform-specific pages, but most parts will be identical for all platforms.

273

274
The latex or texinfo sources of the latest version of these documents are
contained in every R source distribution. Take a look at the subdirectory
doc/manual of the extracted archive.
The HTML versions of the manuals are also part of most R installations.
They are accessible by using the function help.start().

R MANUALS ON CRAN

APPENDIX C

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software
and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your
freedom to share and change all versions of a program–to make sure
it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software;
it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You
can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have
the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you
have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software,
or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so
they know their rights.

275

276

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers’ and authors’ protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users’ and
authors’ sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously
to authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim
of protecting users’ freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals
to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore,
we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice
for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in
future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we
wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL
assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.

Terms and Conditions
0. Definitions.
“This License” refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
“Copyright” also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds
of works, such as semiconductor masks.
“The Program” refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as “you”. “Licensees” and “recipients” may be individuals or organizations.
To “modify” a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the
work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the
making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a “modified
version” of the earlier work or a work “based on” the earlier work.
A “covered work” means either the unmodified Program or a work
based on the Program.
To “propagate” a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available
to the public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To “convey” a work means any kind of propagation that enables
other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a
user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not
conveying.
An interactive user interface displays “Appropriate Legal Notices”
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The “source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. “Object code” means any non-source
form of a work.
A “Standard Interface” means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case
of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one
that is widely used among developers working in that language.
The “System Libraries” of an executable work include anything,
other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal
form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that
Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work
with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface
for which an implementation is available to the public in source
code form. A “Major Component”, in this context, means a major
essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the
specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work
runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code
interpreter used to run it.
The “Corresponding Source” for a work in object code form means
all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts
to control those activities. However, it does not include the work’s
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available
free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding

277

278

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Source includes interface definition files associated with source files
for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to
require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow
between those subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.

2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output,
given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by
copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole
purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or
provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that
you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or
running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your
behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit
them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside
their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users’ Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under
article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December
1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to
forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License
with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to
limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing,
against the work’s users, your or third parties’ legal rights to forbid
circumvention of technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program’s source code as
you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously
and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright
notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any nonpermissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications
to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under
the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under
section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to “keep intact all notices”.
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section
7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does
not invalidate such permission if you have separately received
it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices,
your work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered

279

280

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger
program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is
called an “aggregate” if the compilation and its resulting copyright
are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation’s
users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to
the other parts of the aggregate.

6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machinereadable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in
one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by
the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long
as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either
(1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software
in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable
physical medium customarily used for software interchange,
for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically
performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of
the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially,
and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in
accord with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to
the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same
place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to
copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If
the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by
you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities,
provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless
of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain
obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to
satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general
public at no charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need
not be included in conveying the object code work.
A “User Product” is either (1) a “consumer product”, which means
any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal,
family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for
incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product
is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor
of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user,
“normally used” refers to a typical or common use of that class of
product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way
in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected
to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless
of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or
non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant
mode of use of the product.
“Installation Information” for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to
install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User
Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The
information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning
of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered
with solely because modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with,
or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs
as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use
of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or
for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized),
the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be
accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement
does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability
to install modified object code on the User Product (for example,
the work has been installed in ROM).

281

282

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the
recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or
installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification
itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network
or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the
network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public
in source code form), and must require no special password or key
for unpacking, reading or copying.

7. Additional Terms.
“Additional permissions” are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program
shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to
the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional
permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be
used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program
remains governed by this License without regard to the additional
permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part
of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material
you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright
holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with
terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices
or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate
Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked
in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors
or authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f ) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified
versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the
recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions
directly impose on those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered “further
restrictions” within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction,
you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further
restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License,
you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of
that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional
terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find
the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in
the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the
above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates
your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to
notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60
days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have

283

284

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses
for the same material under section 10.

9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run
a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate
or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you
do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating
a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do
so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An “entity transaction” is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses
to the work the party’s predecessor in interest had or could give
under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you
may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
A “contributor” is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor’s “contributor version”.
A contributor’s “essential patent claims” are all patent claims owned
or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, “control” includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royaltyfree patent license under the contributor’s essential patent claims,
to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify
and propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a “patent license” is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce
a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or
covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To “grant” such a
patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License,
through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source
to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit
of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a
manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend
the patent license to downstream recipients. “Knowingly relying”
means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license,
your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient’s
use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more
identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe
are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving
the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you

285

286

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work
and works based on it.
A patent license is “discriminatory” if it does not include within the
scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on
the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically
granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if
you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the
business of distributing software, under which you make payment to
the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the
work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties
who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

12. No Surrender of Others’ Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License,
they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you
cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your
obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations,
then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if
you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further
conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only
way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be
to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a
single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms
of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered
work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public
License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will
apply to the combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such
new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU
General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy’s
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes
you to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later
version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE
STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER
PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE
ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED
TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER
PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS
PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR
DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY

287

288

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER
OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.

End of Terms and Conditions
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make
it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under
these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the “copyright” line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see .

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

289

This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the
appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your
program’s commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you
would use an “about box”.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer)
or school, if any, to sign a “copyright disclaimer” for the program,
if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and
follow the GNU GPL, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your
program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine
library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do,
use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License.
But first, please read http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-notlgpl.html.

INDEX
.trPaths?, 34

defining hotkeys, 41
Deplate, 17
discussion group, 147

about, 147
application options, 48
editor, 49
editor advanced, 49
editor encoding, 50
editor EOL, 50
editor keystrokes, 50
main, 48
processing, 53
processing conversion, 53
processing LaTeX, 54
R, 53

edit menu, 106
copy formatted, 106
Emacs, 37
encoding, 108
ANSI, 108
UTF-8, 108
UTF16-BE, 108
UTF16-LE, 108
EOL, 109
MAC (CR), 109
UNIX (LF), 109
WIN (CR+LF), 109

bookmarks, 41
bug report, 33

FAQ, 33
.trPaths?, 34
bookmarks, 41
bug report, 33
color preferences, 44
column mode, 41
comunication, 45, 46
copy and paste, 42
Ctrl+Shift+0, 46
default editor, 37
defining hotkeys, 41
Emacs, 37
feedback, 33
find errors in my script, 45
focus control, 43
freeze, 45
graphical debugger, 42

color preferences, 44
column mode, 41
completion, 76
comunication, 45, 46
configuration, 10
copy and paste, 42
Ctrl+Shift+0, 46
databases, 88
card (R), 90
comments, 89
completion, 88
mirrors (R), 91
shortcuts, 88
debugging, 15
default editor, 37
291

292
gutter, 42
hotkeys, 40
icon on Windows, 43
install, 34
knit, 46
knitr, 46
latest version, 33
marked blocks, 45
marks, 46
reuse my preferences, 35
save my preferences, 35
shortcut for cycling, 41
source code, 35
starting GUI, 37
step-by-step, 42
suggestions, 33
Tinn-R and Rgui, 45
Tinn-R and Rterm, 46
Tinn-R installation, 33
tools panel, 42
triggers, 38
What is Tinn-R?, 33
WinEdt, 37
feedback, 33
file menu, 102
copy to clipboard, 103
template, 102
filetabs, 81
find, 84
find and replace, 84
find errors in my script, 45
focus control, 43
format menu, 107
encoding, 108
eol, 108
selection, 107
UTF-8, 109
word, 107
freeze, 45, 46
graphical debugger, 42
gutter, 42
help menu, 147

INDEX
main file conversion, 147
highlighters
color, 59
multi-highlighters, 59
hotkeys, 40, 62
icon on Windows, 43
ini file, 147
insert menu, 111
LaTeX, 111
LaTeX font, 114
LaTeX format, 113
LaTeX header, 113
LaTeX math, 111
R, 111
install, 34
installation, 10
sourceforge, 39
inverse DVI search, 15
IO Interface, 65
keyboard shortcuts, 21
alphabetical list, 28
ALT Keys, 28
call tip, 28
code completion, 28
compilation, 24
conversion, 24
CTRL keys, 30
DEL key, 31
edit, 25
edition, 23
END key, 31
file menu, 25
format, 26
function + 1:12, 31
function keys, 22
HOME key, 31
insert, 26
main menu, 25
marks, 23, 26
navigation, 22
options, 26
project, 23, 25

INDEX
R explorer, 28
R interface, 21
R menu, 27
R script edition, 23
search, 26
search/replace and go, 22
selection, 24
SHIFT keys, 32
tools, 27
view, 27
vizualization, 21
keywords
all, 21–27, 29–32
any, 21
break, 23
browser, 24, 27, 32
by, 23
C, 23–26, 28, 30, 32
comment, 23, 25, 28
D, 24, 25, 27, 28, 32
default, 24, 27, 32
environment, 28
example, 21
file, 21, 23–27, 31, 32
help, 21, 32
I, 23–28, 32
index, 24, 27
mode, 24, 32
numeric, 23, 26, 30, 32
objects, 22, 31
off, 21, 26, 28
on, 21, 22, 26, 28, 31
optimize, 21, 27
or, 23, 26, 28, 30–32
page, 21, 32
R, 21–23, 25–28, 31, 32
replace, 23, 30
seq, 21, 32
set, 21, 24, 27, 28, 32
show, 21, 27, 28
single, 24, 27
structure, 22, 31
system, 24, 27, 32
text, 21, 26, 32

293
Knitr, 131
latest version, 33
LOG Interface, 67
marked blocks, 45
marks, 46
marks menu, 110
block, 110
markup, 70
metacharacters, 95
alternatives, 97
backreferences, 98
find examples, 98
iterators, 96
line separators, 95
predefined classes, 95
subexpressions, 97
word boundaries, 96
Miktex, 15
options menu, 116
default, 118
syntax, 116
syntax set, 117
overview, 1
bug reports, 6
quick start, 2
what do you get?, 4
what is Tinn-R?, 2
why Tinn-R?, 3
Pandoc, 18
processing, 160
DVI, 160
PDF, 160
project, 69
project menu, 104
file, 105
group, 105
project, 104
Python, 19
R
card, 78, 90

294
explorer, 77
mirror, 91, 167
mirrors, 79, 167
set mirror, 167
R menu, 126
close, 126
connections, 126
control, 132
control packages, 133
Rterm, 127
Rterm clear, 128
Rterm file, 127
Rterm file IO, 127
Rterm file lOG, 128
Rterm focus, 128
Rterm fontsize, 130
Rterm highlighter, 129
Rterm highlighter IO, 129
Rterm highlighter LOG, 129
Rterm history, 130
Rterm line wrap, 130
Rterm size, 128
Rterm split, 129
Rterm workspace, 130
send, 131
start, 126
recognized words, 147
regular expressions, 93
character classes, 94
escape sequences, 93
simple matches, 93
replace, 84
reuse my preferences, 35
Rgui, 14
Rterm, 14
interface, 64
IO, 65
LOG, 67
Ruby, 17
R functions
help.start, 274
R packages
Hmisc, 204

INDEX
save my preferences, 35
search
case sensitivity, 86
in files, 86
regular expressions, 86
results, 87
search menu, 115
secrets, 149
active page, 174
after installation, 151
appearance, 156
arrange, 174
auto completion, 174
bars, 170
card (R), 167
colors preference, 162
database, 164
completion, 164
shortcuts, 164
dock, 157
editor options, 158
Editor: how to?, 173
general, 156
highlighters preference, 162
I’m panicking, 155
introduction, 150
macros, 173
marks, 173
project, 163
R, 159, 166
explorer, 166
spell checker, 171
split, 172
tab order, 174
tools, 163
visibility, 154
selection mode, 56
column, 57
line, 57
normal, 56
selection mode menu, 118
shortcut for cycling, 41
shortcuts, 61
customization, 61

INDEX
source code, 35
speller, 15
starting GUI, 37
step-by-step, 42
suggestions, 33
SynEdit, 64
template
R doc, 103
R html, 102
R markdown, 102
R noweb, 102
R script, 102
Tinn-R and Rgui, 45
Tinn-R and Rterm, 46
Tinn-R installation, 33
tools, 68
backup, 124
database, 124
interface, 68
macro, 124
markup, 70
markup LATEX, 70
markup txt2tags, 70
misc, 68
project, 69
restore, 124
results, 71
results inilog, 71
sort, 125
Windows expl., 68
Work expl., 69
tools interface
card (R), 78
Comments, 76
completion, 75
database, 73
hex, 71
mirrors (R), 79
R, 77
R explorer, 77
search, 71
shortcuts, 73
spell, 72

295
tools menu, 119
compilation, 122
conversion deplate, 120
processing, 119, 120
processing Txt2tags, 122
processing viewer, 123
processing viewer dvi, 123
processing viewer html, 123
processing viewer pdf, 123
tools panel, 42
toolsbar, 82
disposition, 82
showhide, 82
triggers, 38
Txt2tags, 19
user guide, 147
user list, 147
view menu, 134
Line wrap, 140
fontsize, 141
R, 134
Rterm, 135
Rterm highlighter, 136
Rterm highlighter IO, 136
Rterm highlighter LOG, 136
Rterm line wrap, 136
Rterm size, 135
Rterm split, 135
split, 141
tabs, 139
tabs files, 140
tabs Rterm, 140
tabs tools, 140
toolbars, 139
tools, 137
tools resources, 137
tools resources database, 138
tools resources markup, 138
tools resources misc, 138
tools resources R, 139
tools resources results, 138
tools size, 137

296
web menu, 143
processing, 146
R Editors, 144
R GUIs, 144
R IDEs, 144
R information, 144
R search, 143
R search selected, 143
statistics, 145
statistics virtual labs, 145
Tinn-R, 145
What is New?, 177
2004, 265
2005, 249
2006, 227
2007, 219
2008, 210
2009, 203
2010, 200
2012, 197
2013, 192
2014, 189
2015, 186
2016, 182
2018, 180
2019, 178
What is Tinn-R?, 33
windows menu, 142
WinEdt, 37

INDEX

ABOUT THE AUTHORS
Faria, José Cláudio teaches statistics at Universidade Estadual de Santa
Cruz - UESC
(Santa Cruz State University), Bahia/Brazil.
He is head of the Laboratory of Computational Statistics - LEC.
Grosjean, Philippe teaches biostatistics and aquatic ecology at Mons University, UMONS, Belgium.
He is head of the Laboratory of Numerical Ecology of Aquatic Systems at
UMONS.
Jelihovschi, Enio Galinkin teaches statistics at Universidade Estadual de
Santa Cruz - UESC
(Santa Cruz State University), Bahia/Brazil.
Pietrobon, Ricardo is Associate Vice Chair and Associate Professor, Department of Surgery, Research on Research Group, Duke University Medical Center.
Farias, Philipe Silva is a Computer Science student at Universidade Estadual de Santa Cruz - UESC
(Santa Cruz State University), Bahia/Brazil.
Kramer, Philiphe Alexandre Ribeiro is a Computer Science student at
Universidade Estadual de Santa Cruz - UESC
(Santa Cruz State University), Bahia/Brazil.
Lima, Swami de Paula is a Computer Science student at Universidade
Estadual de Santa Cruz - UESC
(Santa Cruz State University), Bahia/Brazil.

297

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 311
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Layout                     : TwoPageRight
Author                          : Tinn-R Team
Title                           : User guide - Tinn-R Team
Subject                         : 
Creator                         : LaTeX
Producer                        : pdfTeX-1.40.20
Create Date                     : 2019:02:25 09:57:00-03:00
Modify Date                     : 2019:02:25 09:57:00-03:00
Trapped                         : False
PTEX Fullbanner                 : This is MiKTeX-pdfTeX 2.9.6959 (1.40.20)

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

User Guide Tinn R Team

User_guide

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation